2009 Product Catalog. Foodservice, Supermarket and Hospitality Storage Solutions AMCO FREESTYLE ISS KELMAX LPI UNIVERSAL STAINLESS

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "2009 Product Catalog. Foodservice, Supermarket and Hospitality Storage Solutions AMCO FREESTYLE ISS KELMAX LPI UNIVERSAL STAINLESS"

Transcription

1 2009 Product Catalog Foodservice, Supermarket and Hospitality Storage Solutions AMCO FREESTYLE ISS KELMAX LPI UNIVERSAL STAINLESS

2 Quality, service and a commitment to excellence they re essential components in every product we make. At Leggett & Platt Storage Products Group, we understand the foodservice, supermarket and hospitality businesses and everything it takes to run a profitable operation. That s why we manufacture a full line of products that are designed to maximize speed and efficiency and built to exacting standards with high-quality materials for years of durable service and long-term economy. They all work together to create a highly productive workplace, and are available through one convenient and reliable source: your Leggett & Platt sales representative. Take a look at the six different brands we offer: AMCO Freestyle ISS Kelmax LPI Universal Stainless While each of these brands has its own unique qualities to meet the different requirements of our customers, all have earned a reputation for excellence, quality, durability and performance. Within this catalog, you ll find everything you need to store, organize, transport, prep and clean. Our products are made of wire, aluminum and stainless steel and are available in a wide variety of sizes, configurations, styles and finishes. And through our engineering and customer service departments, we ll work with you to select the components that will maximize the utility and value of your available space. We ll even modify products such as sinks and tables to create your ideal work environment. No matter what your needs, you ll find the right equipment for virtually every application, including: Dry Storage Bakery Produce Department Cooler/Freezer Dairy Department Drive-Thru Dish Area Deli Department Bar Food Prep Meat Department Material Handling / Backroom Quality, service and a complete selection of products to satisfy your every need it s all available from Leggett & Platt. So call your sales representative to place your order today. Each of our factories has a dedicated Customer Service Department. If you have questions or need assistance in any way, please contact us at the following numbers. Customer Service AMCO, ISS, LPI, Freestyle Phone: Fax: Kelmax Phone: Fax: Universal Stainless Phone: Fax: Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and prices are subject to change. 2

3 Table of Contents Workstations Wall Speed of Service Racks & Specialty Storage Carts Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Bar Equipment Dunnage Material Handling We have manufacturing and distribution facilities throughout the United States and Mexico. 3

4 We manufacture great products at our facilities... and create efficient solutions for yours. We offer the highest quality products for virtually every application and we can also put them together into a comprehensive solution that s tailored to the individual needs of each customer. We ll work with you to evaluate your space, understand your needs and uncover opportunities to maximize the efficiency and economy of your operation. Then, based on your input, we ll help you select the right products from our complete offering, and incorporate them into a design that optimizes the functionality of your space, increases the efficiency of your staff and maximizes the long-term value of your investment. Foodservice Floor Plan Guide 4 *Not shown in catalog. Note: Gillis-Jarke products are available in the 2008 Material Handling & Industrial Storage Solutions catalog. See our website.

5 Sample Foodservice Floor Plan Here s an illustration of the breadth of products we provide and an example of the type of unified, highly efficient layout we can design for you. 5

6 AMCO ISS LPI Kelmax that will support just about everything... including your bottom line. We manufacture AMCO, ISS and LPI wire shelving systems as well as Kelmax aluminum shelving. While each of these four brands offers a unique set of features and benefits, they all share some common traits: quality manufacturing; long-lasting durability and the exceptional strength required to support heavy loads. It s a combination of qualities that has earned each of these brands a reputation for excellence and a place in thousands of kitchens throughout the foodservice industry. Take a look at the charts at the right and you ll see that we have the ideal solution for every environment and every need, including: Dry storage Cooler/freezer Dishwashing Drive-Thru / Speed of Service Chemical storage Whichever shelving line you choose, you can be sure it can be configured to maximize both the space of any storage application and the efficiency of your foodservice operation. In addition, you ll find: We offer a wide range of posts, shelves and accessories to create a customized storage unit kits are also available for convenient one-stop ordering So if you re looking for shelving systems with quality, durability and a complete range of options you ll find them on the following pages. Customer Service Wire ISS AMCO LPI Heavy duty round post system Supports 1,250 lbs. up to 60 shelf* Marine waterfall edge shelf Dry Environments High Moisture Environments Commercial grade square post system Supports 1,000 lbs. up to 48 shelf* Solid edge shelf Economical round post system Supports 800 lbs. up to 48 shelf* Truss edge shelf Wire Finishes * Load ratings based on uniformly distributed static weight. AMCO, ISS, LPI Kelmax Aluminum Kelmax Cantilever and standard shelving Supports 1,500 lbs. per shelf (Channel & Tubular styles) Suitable in dry and high moisture environments since aluminum never rusts ISS AMCO LPI Plating Plus Plating Plus Plating Plus Designer Colors: Black, White, Red Designer Colors: Black, White, Red Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Green Epoxy Gold Bond Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Most of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit To order any of the shelving systems in this section, call your sales representative today. 6

7 AMCO / AMCO Overview AMCO shelving has a unique square post design that provides greater strength and durability than typical round post systems AMCO shelves can support up to 1,000 lbs each of uniformly distributed static weight for shelves up to 48" long Assembly is fast and easy with a one-piece shelf installation adapter a collet that can be slipped on the post at any height. Also, posts are notched on 2" centers to assure perfect shelf alignment every time Interchangeable with most round post systems with the use of an adapter Shelves have solid edges instead of truss edges making them easier to clean and label The AMCO line offers a full array of shelving systems and accessories. Shelves are available in wire, solid stainless steel and plastic. Three finishes are available, as well as three designer colors AMCO is warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for one year from date of shipment Finishes for AMCO Model No. Finish Suffix Application Description Plating Plus CP Dry enviornments Three-step process applied to plating quality wire and steel: 1. Zinc plating; 2. Chromate seal; 3. Clear lacquer Plating Plus Lacquer Chromate Seal Zinc Plating Plating quality wire and steel Polygard (Blue) PG High moisture and Three-step process applied to plating quality wire and steel: dry enviornments 1. Zinc plating; 2. Rust inhibiting chromate seal; 3. Electrostatically applied baked-on antimicrobial polymer coating Stainless Steel SS Harsh, high moisture An electro-polishing treatment is applied to surface of and dry enviorments; 300 Series Stainless Steel never a corrosion worry Designer Colors * Black BK Dry enviornments Polymer coating is applied to plating quality steel White W Red R * Minimum quantity must be ordered for shelving with color finishes. Any combination of shelves and posts must equal 100. (For example, 40 posts and 60 shelves.) Plating Plus is warranted for one year against corrosion in dry environments Polygard is warranted under normal use for ten years against naturally occurring corrosion Stainless Steel is warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for one year from the date of shipment Accreditation and Approval Polyguard (Blue) coating Zinc plating Plating quality wire and steel Stainless Steel Plating quality wire and steel Designer Colors Plating quality wire and steel Polymer Coating Chromate Seal Electropolished Surface Polymer Coating National Sanitation Foundation Most products meet the standards of the NSF. For a current list of products please go to U.S. Department of Agriculture Solid Plasteel and solid stainless steel shelves are acceptable for food contact. Plating Plus, Grey Bond, Polygard coated, stainless steel wire shelves, vented Plasteel and Plastic Plus shelves are acceptable for packaged goods. Federal Specifications AMCO II wire shelving meets MIL-S E 7

8 AMCO Kits / AMCO AMCO II Starter Unit Kits kits to accommodate every need Kits come with 4 posts and 4 or 5 shelves (Posts and shelves shipped separately) Kits are available in 2 shelf widths (18" and 24"), 3 shelf lengths (36", 48" and 60") and 3 heights (64", 72" and 84") Select a finish and add appropriate suffix to model number. (See chart below) 18" Wide Shelves W x L x H (In.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Four Shelves Five Shelves 18 x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x Starter Unit 24" Wide Shelves W x L x H (In.) Model No. * (Lbs.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Four Shelves Five Shelves 24 x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus CP Polygard (Blue) PG Stainless Steel SS 8

9 AMCO Kits / AMCO AMCO II Add-On Unit Kits Add-On units can be added to Starter Units to extend the shelf run, either continuing in a straight line or turning a corner at 90 degrees Kits come with 2 posts, 4 or 5 shelves and 2 add-on clips for each shelf. (Posts and shelves shipped separately) Select a finish and add appropriate suffix to model number. (See chart below) Add-On units are economical and provide plenty of strength for most applications 18" Wide Shelves W x L x H (In.) Model No. * (Lbs.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Four Shelves Five Shelves 18 x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x Add-On Unit Examples of Starter and Add-On Unit Installations 24" Wide Shelves W x L x H (In.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Four Shelves Five Shelves 24 x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x x 36 x x 48 x x 60 x Starter Unit Starter Unit Add-On Unit Add-On Unit *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus CP Polygard (Blue) PG Stainless Steel SS Starter Unit Add-On Unit 9

10 AMCO Kits / AMCO Essentials Kits For lighter load applications (up to 600 lbs per shelf), the Essentials Kits are available in two sizes and two colors black and grey All components ship in one box for greater convenience. Unit assembles in minutes Starter units consist of 4 shelves and 4 split posts Add-On units consist of 4 shelves, 2 split posts and 2 add-on clips for each shelf W x L x H Starter Unit Add-On Unit (In.) Color Model No. (Lbs.) Model No. (Lbs.) 18 x 36 x 72 Black B183672BK 53 BA183672BK x 36 x 72 Grey B183672GR 53 BA183672GR x 48 x 72 Black B184872BK 60 BA184872BK x 48 x 72 Grey B184872GR 60 BA184872GR 54 10

11 AMCO Posts and Shelves / AMCO AMCO II Posts Posts have unique square design and come in 7 heights Select a finish or color. Add appropriate suffix to model number. (See chart below) Special height posts available by request. Please contact factory Length Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) For Use With Stationary Units P P P P P / 2 2 P P / For Use With Stem Casters** PC PC PC PC PC / 2 2 PC PC / **Casters are on page 26. *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Polygard (Blue) Stainless Steel Suffix CP PG SS Color Black** White** Red** Suffix BK W R **Minimum quantity must be ordered for shelving with color finishes. Any combination of shelves and posts must equal 100. (For example, 40 posts and 60 shelves.) 11

12 AMCO Posts and Shelves / AMCO AMCO II Wire Shelves Shelves come in 5 widths and 8 lengths Shelves up to 48'' long support up to 1,000 lbs (450kg) each of evenly distributed static weight Select finish or color. Add appropriate suffix to model number. (See chart below) W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 12" Wide Shelves A / 8 x 23 7 / x / A / 8 x 29 7 / x / A / 8 x 35 7 / x A / 8 x 41 7 / x / A / 8 x 47 7 / x A1254 ** 12 1 / 8 x 53 7 / x / A / 8 x 59 7 / x A / 8 x 71 7 / x / " Wide Shelves A / 8 x 23 7 / x / A / 8 x 29 7 / x / A / 8 x 35 7 / x A / 8 x 41 7 / x / A / 8 x 47 7 / x / A / 8 x 53 7 / x / A / 8 x 59 7 / x A / 8 x 71 7 / x " Wide Shelves A / 8 x 23 7 / x / A / 8 x 29 7 / x / A / 8 x 35 7 / x A / 8 x 41 7 / x / A / 8 x 47 7 / x A / 8 x 53 7 / x / A / 8 x 59 7 / x A / 8 x 71 7 / x / " Wide Shelves A / 8 x 23 7 / x A / 8 x 29 7 / x / A / 8 x 35 7 / x A / 8 x 41 7 / x / A / 8 x 47 7 / x A / 8 x 53 7 / x / A / 8 x 59 7 / x / A / 8 x 71 7 / x " Wide Shelves A / 8 x 23 7 / x A / 8 x 29 7 / x / A / 8 x 35 7 / x / A / 8 x 41 7 / x / A / 8 x 47 7 / x / A / 8 x 53 7 / x / A / 8 x 59 7 / x A / 8 x 71 7 / x '' Wide Wire Shelf A1836CP *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Polygard (Blue) Stainless Steel Suffix CP PG SS Color Black** White** Red** Suffix BK W R **Minimum quantity must be ordered for shelving with color finishes. Any combination of shelves and posts must equal 100. (For example, 40 posts and 60 shelves.) 12

13 AMCO Posts and Shelves / AMCO Inverted Shelves With-A-Ledge These shelves provide a 1" ledge around the perimeter of the shelf. Ideal for protecting small goods from accidentally falling off stationary or mobile shelving. Great for wall storage uses. W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) IA / 8 x 35 7 / x IA / 8 x 47 7 / x IA / 8 x 35 7 / x IA / 8 x 47 7 / x IA / 8 x 35 7 / x / IA / 8 x 47 7 / x / Inverted Shelf With-A- Ledge IA1836CP *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Polygard (Blue) Suffix CP PG Color Black** White** Red** Suffix BK W R **Minimum quantity must be ordered for shelving with color finishes. Any combination of shelves and posts must equal 100. (For example, 40 posts and 60 shelves.) Cart with Inverted Shelves Shelf: IA1848CP Slant Shelves Ideal for displaying merchandise. Shelves slant at a 26 1 / 2 degree angle with a front edge 1 1 / 2" high. Use at least one horizontal bottom shelf (18" wide) for stability. Available in Plating Plus finish only. Plating Plus W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SLT2136CP 18 1 / 8 x 35 7 / x SLT2148CP 18 1 / 8 x 47 7 / x Slant Shelf SLT2136CP 13

14 AMCO Posts and Shelves / AMCO AMCO II Extra Wide Shelves For jumbo size storage requirements Shelves available in 30 1 / 8" and 36 1 / 8" widths 500 lb (225kg) capacity per shelf W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) A / 8 x 29 7 / x A / 8 x 35 7 / x / A / 8 x 41 7 / x A / 8 x 47 7 / x / A / 8 x 59 7 / x A / 8 x 71 7 / x / A / 8 x 29 7 / x A / 8 x 35 7 / x / A / 8 x 41 7 / x A / 8 x 47 7 / x / A / 8 x 59 7 / x A / 8 x 71 7 / x / Extra Wide Wire Shelf A3042CP *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Polygard (Blue) Stainless Steel Suffix CP PG SS Color Black** White** Red** Suffix BK W R **Minimum quantity must be ordered for shelving with color finishes. Any combination of shelves and posts must equal 100. (For example, 40 posts and 60 shelves.) AMCO II Solid Stainless Steel Shelves Fabricated stainless steel shelves for ultimate quality Accepted by USDA for direct food contact Shelves may be used with all other styles of AMCO II shelves Each shelf up to 48" long rated to support 500 lbs of uniformly distributed static loaded weight Stainless Steel W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) AS1836SS 18 1 / 8 x 35 7 / x AS1842SS 18 1 / 8 x 41 7 / x AS1848SS 18 1 / 8 x 47 7 / x AS1860SS 18 1 / 8 x 59 7 / x AS2436SS 24 1 / 8 x 35 7 / x AS2442SS 24 1 / 8 x 41 7 / x AS2448SS 24 1 / 8 x 47 7 / x AS2460SS 24 1 / 8 x 59 7 / x Solid Stainless Steel Shelf AS2436SS Cart with Stainless Steel Shelves 14

15 AMCO Posts and Shelves / AMCO AMCO II Heavy Duty Shelves Manufactured with 1" square steel tubing designed to support weight loads of 1200 lbs of uniformly distributed static weight. Use as a dunnage rack, as a bottom shelf with wire shelves above, or as a multi-level heavy duty shelving unit for beer kegs and other heavy loads. W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) HD / 8 x 29 7 / x HD / 8 x 35 7 / x HD / 8 x 41 7 / x HD / 8 x 47 7 / x HD / 8 x 53 7 / x HD / 8 x 59 7 / x HD / 8 x 29 7 / x HD / 8 x 35 7 / x HD / 8 x 41 7 / x HD / 8 x 47 7 / x HD / 8 x 53 7 / x HD / 8 x 59 7 / x HD / 8 x 29 7 / x HD / 8 x 35 7 / x HD / 8 x 41 7 / x HD / 8 x 47 7 / x HD / 8 x 53 7 / x HD / 8 x 59 7 / x Optional Wire Grid Cover available for above. See page 209. Heavy Duty Shelf HD1836C *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Polygard (Blue) PG AMCO II Plasteel Shelves Steel-reinforced plastic shelves support 1,000 lbs each. Available in solid or vented styles. Solid style has raised edge to contain liquid spills Grey high-impact structural foam plastic May be used with all other styles of Amco II shelves Solid style accepted by the United States Department of Agriculture for direct food contact Stainless steel post recommended since it never rusts. Can also be used with Grey Bond and Polygard posts. See page 11. Plasteel Solid Shelf PS1836S Plasteel Vented Shelf PS1836V Vented Solid W x L Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PS1836V PS1836S 18 3 / 4 x 36 1 / x PS1842V PS1842S 18 3 / 4 x 42 1 / x PS1848V PS1848S 18 3 / 4 x 48 1 / x PS1860V PS1860S 18 3 / 4 x 60 1 / x PS2436V PS2436S 24 3 / 4 x 36 1 / x PS2442V PS2442S 24 3 / 4 x 42 1 / x PS2448V PS2448S 24 3 / 4 x 48 1 / x PS2460V PS2460S 24 3 / 4 x 60 1 / x Plasteel Mobile Unit 15

16 AMCO Posts and Shelves / AMCO Specifications for Assembled Units Diagram Reference X. Spacing Intervals Shelves can be installed on any post notch. Posts are notched on 2" centers. Z. Minimum Clearance The minimum clearance from the bottom post notch to the floor is 1 1 / 4". To qualify for National Sanitation Foundation acceptance, the bottom shelf of stationary units should be installed on the fifth post notch from the bottom which provides 8"clearance. Install the bottom shelf of mobile units on the lowest possible post notch. B1 B X C1 A1 C A A. Spacing Interval If shelves are installed 11 post notches apart, the distance from the top edge of the top shelf to the top edge of the shelf below is 22". A1. Shelf Clearance In the above example, the clearance between shelves (except Plasteel shelves and Plastic Plus shelves) is 20 3 / 4", always 1 1 / 4" less than A. Plasteel and Plastic Plus shelf clearance is 20 1 / 4", always 1 3 / 4" less than A. B. Outside Shelf Length The outside shelf length of all shelves (except Plasteel shelves and Plastic Plus shelves) is 1 / 8" less than nominal. For example, a 48" long shelf measures 47 7 / 8". Plasteel shelves measures 3 / 4" more than nominal. Plastic Plus measures 1 / 8" more than nominal. B1. Inside Shelf Length Clearance Inside length clearance is always 2 7 / 8" less than nominal. For example, for a 48" long shelf, the clearance is 45 1 / 8". C. Outside Shelf Width The outside shelf width of all shelves (except Plasteel shelves and Plastic Plus shelves) is 1 / 8" more than nominal. For example, an 18" wide shelf measures 18 1 / 8". Plasteel and Plastic Plus shelves measure 3 / 8" more than nominal, i.e / 8". C1. Inside Shelf Width Clearance Inside width clearance between shelves is always 2 11 / 16" less than nominal. For example, for an 18" wide shelf, the clearance is 15 5 / 16". Z Assembly for Maximum Strength of Unit For maximum strength of stationary and mobile units, always use a minimum of three shelves with the bottom shelf of the stationary unit no higher than the 5th post notch. units with four posts provide the maximum strength. Use of Add-On clips reduces the weight bearing capacity of the Add-On unit approximately 20%. For example, a three shelf 18"x 48" unit with four posts will support 1,000 lbs per shelf of evenly distributed static weight. An Add-On unit of the same size will support 800 lbs per shelf, normally more than adequate for most storage applications. Mobile Unit Dimensions Always add 3" in width and 3" in length to the nominal shelf size of mobile units to allow for the added dimensions of casters and bumpers. For the overall height of mobile units, add the diameter of the caster to the height of the post plus 1". For example, a 5" diameter caster used with a 64" high post will provide an overall unit height of 70". 16

17 AMCO Posts and Shelves / AMCO Specifications for AMCO II Posts and Shelves AMCO II Posts Posts are.065" thick (16 gauge), 1" O.D. square tubes notched every 2" on each corner of the post. A polypropylene post cap is installed on the top of each post. Installed on the bottom of each stationary post is a nylon housing for a steel leveler 3 / 8 "-16 x 1 1 / 4". The leveler has a 7 / 8" hex head and a 3 / 4" threadless shoulder to eliminate deposits of mop strands or broom fibers. AMCO II Post AMCO II Wire Shelves Shelves to have #8 (.162") gauge crosswires spaced 11 / 16" on centers with cross-braces 5 / 16" (.3125") minimum of 6" on center and running perpendicular to crosswires. Cross-braces welded at each end inside 5 / 8" leg of channel 9 / 16" x 1 1 / 4 " x.090" thick with legs of channel pointed to center of shelf. A square tapered 1 3 / 4" high steel collar is to be welded at each corner. Additionally a suitable number of.262" rebrace wires are welded to the underside of 18", 21" and 24" wide shelves in lengths of 54" and longer. All contact points are welded. Wire Shelves AMCO II Solid Stainless Steel Shelves Shelves to be constructed of 18 gauge stainless steel embossed to provide a marine edge around the top surface of the shelf. A square tapered 1 3 / 4" high stainless steel collar is to be welded at each corner. AMCO II Heavy Duty Shelves Shelves to be constructed of.0475" thick 1" O.D. steel square tubing. A square tapered 1 3 / 4 " high steel collar is to be welded at each corner. Typical spacing between support tubes to be 4 3 / 4". Optional steel wire mat available with wire spacing to be approximately 5 1 / 4" x 3 1 / 4". All contact points of shelves and mats to be welded. Solid Shelves Heavy Duty Shelves AMCO II Plasteel Shelves Frame of shelves to be constructed of.0475" thick 1" O.D. steel square tubing. A square tapered 1 3 / 4" high steel collar is to be welded at each corner. Frames of 60" long shelves to have an additional tube welded longitudinally onto the center of the frame. Steel parts to be coated with a hard baked plastic resin. Shelves to be structural foam molded high density polyethylene with the top perimeter surface to include a beveled marine edge. Top of the shelf to be solid (or vented). Shelves to be securely fastened to the frame. Plasteel Shelves 17

18 AMCO / AMCO AMCO Plastic Plus Grey polypropylene plastic removable panels snap onto heavy duty epoxy coated frames Sectional panels can be easily removed from frames for cleaning No tools or hardware required Plastic Plus panels and frames contain an antimicrobial agent that protects the finishes from bacteria, mold, mildew and fungi that cause odors, stains and product degradation. This additional protection helps keep the shelving cleaner between cleanings* Can be used in environments ranging from -20 F (-29 C) to 190 F (88 C) Strength rated to support 1,000 lbs (455kg) of uniformly loaded static weight per shelf. Fits standard AMCO posts and compatible with other AMCO shelving products Stainless steel posts recommended with Plastic Plus for a rust free solution *This product does not protect users or others against bacteria, viruses, germs or other disease organisms. It is for the protection of the product only. This antimicrobial product should always be thoroughly cleaned after each use. AMCO Plastic Plus Shelves Available in solid or vented styles Vented Solid W x L Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PP1824V PP1824S 18 1 / 8 x x / PP1830V PP1830S 18 1 / 8 x x PP1836V PP1836S 18 1 / 8 x x PP1842V PP1842S 18 1 / 8 x x / PP1848V PP1848S 18 1 / 8 x x /2 7 PP1854V PP1854S 18 1 / 8 x x PP1860V PP1860S 18 1 / 8 x x / PP2424V PP2424S 24 1 / 8 x x PP2430V PP2430S 24 1 / 8 x x PP2436V PP2436S 24 1 / 8 x x PP2442V PP2442S 24 1 / 8 x x PP2448V PP2448S 24 1 / 8 x x PP2454V PP2454S 24 1 / 8 x x / PP2460V PP2460S 24 1 / 8 x x Vented Shelf Panels AMCO Plastic Plus Posts Stainless steel posts are recommended since they never rust Can also use posts with Grey Bond (GR) and Polygard (PG) finishes (See page 11) Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Height Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Stationary Mobile Posts P08SS PC08SS P14SS PC14SS P34SS PC34SS P54SS PC54SS P64SS PC64SS / 2 2 P72SS PC72SS P84SS PC84SS / Solid Shelf Panels 18

19 AMCO / AMCO AMCO Plastic Plus Accessories Plastic Plus Enclosure Panels W x H Weight Model No. Type (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PPEP1864GRX Side Panel 18 x x PPEP2464GRX Side Panel 24 x x PPEP3664GRX Back Panel 36 x x PPEP4864GRX Back Panel 48 x x PPEP6064GRX Back Panel 60 x x Plastic Plus Enclosure Panels Add-On and Corner Clips Use Add-On clips to extend the shelf run Use Corner Clips when the shelving unit will be placed at 90 degrees to the starter unit Model No. PP180 PP90 Description Add-On Clip Corner Clip Add-On Clip PP180 Corner Clip PP90 Shelf Dividers W x H Fits Shelf Model No. (In.) (In.) PPSD18P 18 x 4½ 18 PPSD24P 24 x 4½ 24 Shelf Dividers Plastic Plus Label Holder Slotted snap-on grey label holder for paper inserts Insert label from side Fits all shelf lengths Length Model No. (In.) LPBM3 2 3 / 4 For Labels (In.) 1 1 / 4 x 2 3 / 4 Label Holder LPBM3 19

20 AMCO / AMCO Mod-A-Flex System Designed for walk-in refrigerators and freezers System eliminates the need for posts on the floor Boosts capacity by up to 30% with the freedom to adjust shelves to the height of the product being stored No posts on the floor make cleaning easy. Individual shelves can be removed for cleaning without the need for tools Easy and fast adjustment of shelves; simply slide the shelf sideways to lift out of current location and drop into new position Available in Gray Epoxy finish Mod-A-Flex Shelves Gray Epoxy W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MX1224GR 11 3 / 4 x 22 1 / x MX1230GR 11 3 / 4 x 28 1 / x MX1236GR 11 3 / 4 x 34 1 / x MX1242GR 11 3 / 4 x 40 1 / x MX1248GR 11 3 / 4 x 46 1 / x MX1824GR 17 3 / 4 x 22 1 / x MX1830GR 17 3 / 4 x 28 1 / x MX1836GR 17 3 / 4 x 34 1 / x MX1842GR 17 3 / 4 x 40 1 / x MX1848GR 17 3 / 4 x 46 1 / x MX2124GR 20 3 / 4 x 22 1 / x MX2130GR 20 3 / 4 x 28 1 / x MX2136GR 20 3 / 4 x 34 1 / x MX2142GR 20 3 / 4 x 40 1 / x MX2148GR 20 3 / 4 x 46 1 / x Two support arms included with each shelf. Mod-A-Flex system in Walk-in Refrigerator Shelves: MX1848GR, Standards: MXD18GR Mod-A-Flex Standards Gray Epoxy Height Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) For Installation In Walk-In Refrigerators MX24GR MX36GR MX40GR MX61GR MX68GR MX72GR MX81GR For Installation In Dry Enviroment Walls MXD18GR MXD36GR MXD72GR Extender Kits: Extend the height of the above standards. MXEXT12GR MXEXT15GR MXEXT20GR MXEXT26GR MXEXT36GR MXEXT50GR The Mod-A-Flex Secret The patented secret to this postless system is that standards are securely suspended from the ceiling of the walk-in refrigerator. This provides the strength assurance that each shelf will support 400 lbs of static weight. Freezer Insulation Kit Model No. MXKIT Description Optional Kit to insulate ceiling bolts from outside heat transfer. One Kit required for each standard. 20

21 AMCO / AMCO Track Length Amtrax II High Density High-density shelving that provides a solution to substan- tially increase storage capacity and utilize available space Uses overhead tracks to attach mobile storage units. The track is anchored onto floor mounted stationary units at each end of the Amtrax system Mobile storage units can be rolled sideways to create a "live aisle" providing access to storage Allow 30" for "live aisle" Available in 2 finishes. Add suffix to Model No. Model No.* Weight (Lbs.) (Kg.) Stationary Unit Kit AX1 Mobile Unit Kit AX2 Overhead Track (Available in CP finish only) AXTRACK Maximum length 15 feet Amtrax II *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus CP Polygard (Blue) PG Overhead Track Track is measured between stationary units, and consists of 2 sets of end rails and (where necessary) 1 set of splice rails Track should be ordered in full feet Track can be cut by installers for custom sizes Stationary Unit Kit Includes 4 each 80" posts and all necessary components for end units (except shelves that can be ordered separately) A stationary unit is required when track exceeds 15 feet Mobile Unit Kit Includes 4 each 72" posts, 4 each 5' hard rubber casters, bumpers and all necessary components (except shelves that can be ordered separately) Wall Wheel Caster Mobile units near walls should each be equipped with one optional wall alignment to protect walls. Model No. AXTRAXCAS Wall Wheel Caster 21

22 AMCO / AMCO AMCO II Ultra Density Create Ultra Density mobile storage with any size AMCO posts and shelves and AMCO II Ultra Density casters The casters convert from rigid to swivel mode with easily operated foot lever When the casters are rigid the AMCO square posts shelving units stay in perfect alignment The mobile storage units can be positioned right next to each other and pulled out when needed by switching the caster to swivel No overhead track or "live aisle" required Increase efficiency and capacity while reducing labor costs Excellent solution when space is limited AMCO II Ultra Density Casters Rigid/Swivel Diameter Face Wheel Tire Capacity Weight Model No. (In.) (In.) Type Type (Lbs.) (Lbs.) AC8RS / 4 Plastic Urethane AMCO II Ultra Density Caster with foot operated lever 22

23 AMCO / AMCO Specifications for AMCO AMCO Plastic Plus Frames of shelves to be constructed of.06" thick 1" O.D. steel square tubing. A square tapered 1 3 / 4" high steel collar is to be welded at each corner. An additional tube to be welded longitudinally onto the center of the frame. Grey polypropylene sections in solid or vented styles to securely fasten onto the steel frame. Plastic sections to be easily removable for cleaning. Steel frames and posts to be protected with a specially formulated epoxy based polymer coating to provide protection against corrosion. Plastic Plus Shelves Mod-A-Flex System Shelves have to be #8 (.162") gauge crosswires spaced 11 / 16" on centers with crossbraces.283" minimum on 6"centers and running perpendicular to crosswires. Cross-braces welded at each end inside leg of channel 5 / 8" x 1 1 / 4 " x.105" thick. All contact points are welded. Each shelf to include two (2) support arms of #11 gauge (.120") steel each with two rivets designed to interlock onto the wall standards. Standards to be constructed of #11 (.120") gauge cold rolled steel forms in a U shape with each open leg of the standard key hole punched on 2 1 / 4" centers. Standards to be further punched with a suitable number of holes to allow installation into the wall. Mod-A-Flex 23

24 AMCO Accessories / AMCO Shelf Inlays Add a solid work surface to your shelving unit. Inlay rests on shelf wires to provide a solid surface. Inlays available in black. Black Dimensions Weight Model No. W x L (In.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) BIL1824BK 18 x / BIL1836BK 18 x BIL1848BK 18 x / BIL2424BK 24 x / BIL2436BK 24 x / BIL2448BK 24 x / Shelf Inlay AMCOAT Shelf Covers An inexpensive, rugged polyethylene plastic shelf cover which quickly and easily attaches to all styles of shelving. This protective coat provides a barrier against liquids, crumbs and dirt dropping to shelves below. A raised marine edge around the entire perimeter stops liquids from dripping over the side. The raised embossed design promotes air circulation in walk-in refrigerators and freezers, and helps prevent moisture from accumulating on cartons and other solid surfaces. W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) AM1824P 18 x x AM1830P 18 x x / AM1836P 18 x x / AM1842P 18 x x / AM1848P 18 x x AM1860P 18 x x / AM1872P 18 x x AM2424P 24 x x / AM2430P 24 x x / AM2436P 24 x x AM2442P 24 x x / AM2448P 24 x x / AM2460P 24 x x / AM2472P 24 x x AMCOAT Shelf Cover 24

25 AMCO Accessories / AMCO Shelf Ledges Keep goods from accidentally falling off the back or sides of shelves. Ledges mount to posts, and can be used with all styles of shelves. Height: 6". Ledges can be stacked on top of each other for additional height, or mounted below shelves to reduce height. Fits Shelves Weight Model No.* W or L (In.) (Lbs.) LU / 2 LU / 2 LU / 4 LU LU / 2 LU / 2 LU LU LU / 4 LU / 2 LU Shelf Ledge *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Polygard (Blue) PG Shelf Dividers Maintain separation of goods with shelf dividers on wire shelves. Order by shelf width. Height:8" Length Fits Shelf Width Weight Model No.* (In.) (In.) (Lbs.) SDU / SDU / SDU / / 2 SDU / *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Polygard (Blue) Suffix C PG Shelf Divider 25

26 AMCO Accessories / AMCO Utility Rails Channel rails create the ideal site for hanging tools or accessory baskets. Hang items directly from rail or use hooks (see shelf hooks below). Easily attaches between posts in width or length. Plating Plus Length Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) AR15CP / AR18CP AR21CP / 4 1 AR24CP / AR30CP / AR36CP AR42CP / AR48CP / AR54CP / 2 2 AR60CP AR72CP / Utility Rail Shelf Hooks Stainless Steel shelf hooks are the perfect accessory for hanging component parts, accessories, tools, etc., from under wire shelves or from utility rails. Model No. Description HOOK Set of 12 Shelf Hook Stem Casters Swivel Swivel w/ Brake Rigid / Swivel Dia. Face Tread Capacity Weight Wheel Type Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (In.) Type (Lbs.) Ea. (Lbs.) HC3S HC3B / 4 Resilient Rubber Resilient Rubber / 2 CM5P CM5PB / 4 Plastic Urethane CM5M CM5MB / 4 Resilient Rubber Resilient Rubber AC5S AC5B / 4 Plastic Urethane / 2 AC7B AC8RS / 4 Plastic Urethane CM5PB CM5P AC8RS Donut Bumpers Model No. Width (In.) Description ADONUT 5 Revolving DONUT2 3 1 / 2 Non-Revolving ADONUT DONUT2 26

27 AMCO Accessories / AMCO Shelf Label Holders Holders fit on all AMCO wire and solid stainless shelves Snaps onto front of shelf Label holders for adhesive labels Attach adhesive label to flat face of holder. Labels not included Available in blue only Length Fits Shelf For Labels Model No. (In.) Length (In.) W x L (In.) PFBM3 3 All Up to 1 3 / 8 x 3 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 20 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 26 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 32 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 38 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 44 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 56 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 68 Label Holder for Adhesive Labels PFBM3 Label holders for paper labels A. Slotted style Insert paper label from side Available in black only Model No. BM1 BM24 BM36 BM48 BM60 BM72 Length (In.) Fits Shelf Length (In.) All For Labels W x L (In.) 1 x 3 1 x 20 1 x 32 1 x 44 1 x 56 1 x 68 Slotted Label Holder for Paper Labels BM1 B. Clear covered style Insert paper label from side (SHLAB) or top (PTBM) Label is protected by clear plastic face Available in clear only Length Fits Shelf For Labels Model No. (In.) Length (In.) W x L (In.) SHLAB3 2 3 / 4 All 1 1 / 4 x 2 3 / 4 SHLAB2 5 1 / 2 All 1 1 / 4 x 5 1 / 2 PTBM / 4 x 32 PTBM / 4 x 44 Clear Label Holder for Paper Labels SHLAB3 PTBM36 27

28 AMCO Accessories / AMCO Label Holders for Plasteel Shelves Slotted label holder affixes to shelf with self-adhesive strip Insert paper label from side Available in grey only Also attaches to AMCO wire and solid stainless shelves Model No. SHLAB Length (In.) 6 Fits Shelf Length (In.) All For Labels W x L (In.) 3 / 4 x 6 Label Holder for Plasteel Shelf SHLAB Add-On Clips Use in corners or for continuous runs of shelving. Use two on each side of shelf where two posts are not used Model No. AOCLIPCP Description For wire shelving Add-On Clip AOCLIPCP 28

29 AMCO Accessories / AMCO 3-Sided Frames For greatest strength and stability of shelving units, the bottom shelf should be installed in the lowest possible position. In instances where the bottom shelf is located higher, stability may be reinforced with a 3-sided frame installed in the lowest position. Can also be used as side and back ledge. 1'' square tubing. Select finish or color. W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TTF / 8 x 29 7 / x TTF / 8 x 35 7 / x TTF / 8 x 41 7 / x / 2 2 TTF / 8 x 47 7 / x TTF / 8 x 53 7 / x / TTF / 8 x 59 7 / x TTF / 8 x 29 7 / x TTF / 8 x 35 7 / x TTF / 8 x 41 7 / x / TTF / 8 x 47 7 / x TTF / 8 x 53 7 / x / TTF / 8 x 59 7 / x Sided Frame *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Polygard (Blue) Suffix CP PG Color Black** White** Red** Suffix BK W R **Minimum quantity must be ordered for shelving with color finishes. Any combination of shelves and posts must equal 100. (For example, 40 posts and 60 shelves.) Seismic Restraint Kit Seismic restraint hardware. Each shelving unit is to have 1 each of the following: width kit, length kit and post kit. Post height should not exceed 64". Model No. Length Kits SLK24CP SLK30CP SLK36CP SLK42CP SLK48CP SLK54CP SLK60CP Width Kit /Set Of 2 SWK18CP SWK21CP SWK24CP Post Kit/Set For 4 SPK Unit shown with Seismic Restraint hardware 29

30 AMCO Accessories / AMCO Collar Plug Accessory plastic plug to cap wire shelf collars if desired when using wall brackets or add on clips. Model No. COLPL Plasteel Top Cap Recommended plastic cap for Plasteel top shelves only if the top shelf is to be installed on the top post position. Model No. PSCAP Collets Collets are provided at no charge with all styles of Amco II shelves. Extra collets are available in sets of 4. Model No. COLZ Circular Collets Plastic adapter which allows all styles of Amco II shelves to be installed on most brands of circular grooved posts. Sold as set of 4. Model No. CIRCOL Post Clamp Secure shelving units together to insure alignment. One clamp recommended at front of unit and one at the rear. Not for use with Plasteel or Plastic Plus shelving units. Model No. PC2 Post Plates Use to permanently mount post to floor. Can also be used at top of posts to mount counter tops to posts. One required for each post. Model No. BPLATE Shelf Locking Kit Lock pins allow top and bottom shelves to be permanently locked onto posts. Holes are drilled through shelf collars and into posts. Lock pins are inserted and struck with a hammer. Pins expand inside posts. Shelves cannot be removed. Kit includes lock pins for two shelves. Model No. LOCK2 30

31 ISS / ISS Overview ISS is a round post system that is interchangeable with other manufacturers' shelving products ISS can be used in most environments making it very flexible ISS shelves are rated to support 1,250 lbs (565 kg) of uniformly distributed static weight for shelves up to 60" length Shelves are designed with extra trusses providing a higher load rating, less deflection and the ability to use longer shelves Posts are numbered on 1" increments ensuring faster assembly and better shelf alignment The one-piece hinged Sure-Lock coupler makes assembly easy and improves stability of the unit with a double lock on post grooves. The ribbed surface of the Sure-Lock maximizes gripping power The marine waterfall shelf edge allows easy loading and unloading The ISS line offers a full complement of shelving systems and accessories. Shelves are available in wire, solid stainless steel and plastic. Four finishes are available, plus three designer colors ISS is warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for one year from the date of shipment. Finishes for ISS Wire System ISS Model No. Finish Suffix Application Description Plating Plus C Dry environments Three-step process applied to plating quality wire and steel: 1. Zinc plating; 2. Chromate seal; 3. Clear lacquer Grey Bond E High moisture and dry environments Three-step process applied to plating quality wire and steel: Gold Bond Y 1. Zinc plating; 2. Rust inhibiting chromate seal; 3. Electrostatically applied baked-on antimicrobial polymer coating Stainless Steel S Harsh, high moisture and dry An electro-polishing treatment is applied to surface of environments, never a corrosion worry 300 Series Stainless Steel Designer Colors* Black ESB White ESW Dry environments Polymer coating is applied to plating quality steel Red ESR * Minimum quantity must be ordered for shelving with color finishes. Any combination of shelves and posts must equal 100. (For example, 40 posts and 60 shelves.) Plating Plus is warranted for one year against corrosion in dry environments Grey Bond and Gold Bond are warranted under normal use for ten years against naturally occurring corrosion Stainless Steel is warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for one year from the date of shipment 31

32 ISS Kits / ISS Starter Unit Convenience Packs Convenient 4-shelf unit packed in one box Each carton has 4 shelves and four 2-piece split posts to make one 70" post Cartons take up minimal warehouse space One carton each saves on shipping costs and tracking time Ideal for immediate storage needs Available in four sizes and two finishes, Gold Bond and Plating Plus Gold Bond Plating Plus W x L x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1836PKY 1836PKC 18 x 36 x x 914 x PKY 1848PKC 18 x 48 x x 1219 x ½ PKY 2436PKC 24 x 36 x x 914 x PKY 2448PKC 24 x 48 x x 1219 x ½ 35 Starter Unit Kits For an efficient, economical and adaptable shelving plan select a starter unit kit consisting of four posts and four or five shelves. (Posts and shelves shipped separately) Kits are available in 2 shelf widths (18" and 24"), 3 shelf lengths (36", 48" and 60") and 3 heights (62 3 / 4", 74 3 / 4" and 86 3 / 4") Select a finish. Add appropriate suffix to model number. (See chart below) Starter Unit Convenience Pack 18" Wide Shelves W x L x H (In.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Four Shelves 18 x 36 x 623 S Five Shelves S x 48 x 623 S S x 60 x 623 S S x 36 x 743 S S x 48 x 743 S S x 60 x 743 S S x 36 x 863 S S x 48 x 863 S S x 60 x 863 S S " Wide Shelves W x L x H (In.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Four Shelves 24 x 36 x 623 S Five Shelves S x 48 x 623 S S x 60 x 623 S S x 36 x 743 S S x 48 x 743 S S x 60 x 743 S S x 36 x 863 S S x 48 x 863 S S x 60 x 863 S S *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y

33 ISS Kits / ISS Add-On Unit Kits Increase the siz of a Starter shelving unit with an Add-on Kit Add-On units can be attached end-to-end, turn corners at 90 or attach anywhere on another shelving unit Kits come with two posts, 4 or 5 shelves and 2 S-hooks per shelf (Posts and shelves shipped separately) Select a finish. Add appropriate suffix to model number (See chart below) 18" Wide Shelves W x L x H (In.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Four Shelves 18 x 36 x 623 A Five Shelves A x 48 x 623 A A x 60 x 623 A A x 36 x 743 A A x 48 x 743 A A x 60 x 743 A A x 36 x 863 A A x 48 x 863 A A x 60 x 863 A A Add-On Unit 24" Wide Shelves W x L x H (In.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Model No.* (Lbs.) Four Shelves 24 x 36 x 623 A Five Shelves A x 48 x 623 A A x 60 x 623 A A x 36 x 743 A A x 48 x 743 A A x 60 x 743 A A x 36 x 863 A A x 48 x 863 A A x 60 x 863 A A *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y Examples of Starter and Add-On Unit Installations Starter Unit Add-On Unit Starter Unit Add-On Unit Starter Unit Add-On Unit Add-On Unit 33

34 ISS Posts and Shelves / ISS Posts Posts are grooved at every inch and numbered between grooves to make assembly easy Digital Posts For Stationary Units Posts are 1'' (25 mm) in diameter Complete with adjustable foot levelers to compensate for uneven floors Packaged four to a carton Gold Bond Y Plating Plus C Grey Bond Stainless Steel E E Black ESB White ESW Red ESR Height Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) P8 8 3 / / P / P / P / / P / / P / / P / / P / / Stationary Posts Digital Posts For Use with Stem Casters Posts are 1'' (25 mm) in diameter Packaged four to a carton Stem casters are on page 45 Height Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) P8N 8 3 / / P14N 14 3 / P34N 34 3 / P54N 54 3 / / P62N 62 3 / / P74N 74 3 / / P86N 86 3 / / P96N 96 3 / / *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Color Suffix Plating Plus C Black** ESB Grey Bond E White** ESW Gold Bond Y Red** ESR Stainless Steel S Posts for Stem Casters **Minimum quantity must be ordered for shelving with color finishes. Any combination of shelves and posts must equal 100. (For example, 40 posts and 60 shelves.) Digital Posts For Use with Counter Tops For optimum counter support use posts with foot plates. Select FP1C to mount to underside of counter and MFP1C for floor (See page 50 for foot plates) Special height posts are available. Contact factory Height Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) P34FT 34 3 / Finish Plating Plus Grey Bond Gold Bond Stainless Steel Suffix C E Y S Posts for Counter Tops 34

35 ISS Posts and Shelves / ISS Wire Shelves Choose from a variety of sizes and finishes to create an efficient shelving storage solution Shelves up to 60" long support up to 1,250 lbs (565kgs) of uniformly loaded weight Four Sure-Lock couplers are included for each shelf W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 14" Wide Shelves x x / x x x x x x / x x / x x x x " Wide Shelves x x / x x / x x x x x x x x x x / x x x x / " Wide Shelves x x / x x / x x x x / x x / x x x x / x x x x / " Wide Shelves x x x x x x x x ½ x x x x x x / x x x x / '' Wide Wire Shelf 1836C *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Color Suffix Plating Plus C Black** ESB Grey Bond E White** ESW Gold Bond Y Red** ESR Stainless Steel S **Minimum quantity must be ordered for shelving with color finishes. Any combination of shelves and posts must equal 100. (For example, 40 posts and 60 shelves.) 35

36 ISS Posts and Shelves / ISS Inverted Shelves Each shelf has a built in perimeter ledge which helps prevent items from falling from shelves Inverted shelves can be intermixed with other types of shelves the same size Use with starter units only Uniformly distributed static load weight of 300 lbs (135kgs) Available in Gold Bond and Plating Plus finishes Gold Bond Plating Plus W x L Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1424ISY 1424ISC 14 x x / ISY 1430ISC 14 x x / ISY 1436ISC 14 x x / ISY 1442ISC 14 x x / ISY 1448ISC 14 x x ISY 1824ISC 18 x x / ISY 1830ISC 18 x x / ISY 1836ISC 18 x x ISY 1842ISC 18 x x / ISY 1848ISC 18 x x / ISY 2124ISC 21 x x / ISY 2130ISC 21 x x / ISY 2136ISC 21 x x / ISY 2142ISC 21 x x ISY 2148ISC 21 x x ISY 2424ISC 24 x x / ISY 2430IC 24 x x ISY 2436ISC 24 x x ISY 2442ISC 24 x x / ISY 2448ISC 24 x x / 2 7 Inverted Shelves 1848ISY Shelf Unit with 4 Inverted Shelves Wide Body Shelves Suitable for storing larger items Economic alternative to two shelving units installed back-to-back Engineered with six trusses for strength and to minimize shelf deflection For stationary and mobile applications Available in 30" and 36" width Available in Gold Bond and Plating Plus finishes Gold Bond Plating Plus W x L Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 3036Y 3036C 30 x x Y 3042C 30 x x Y 3048C 30 x x Y 3060C 30 x x / Y 3072C 30 x x Y 3636C 36 x x Y 3642C 36 x x Y 3648C 36 x x Y 3660C 36 x x Y 3672C 36 x x / Wide Body Shelf 3048Y 36

37 ISS Posts and Shelves / ISS Solid Stainless Steel Shelves Solid shelving helps prevent liquid spills dripping onto shelves below 300 Series stainless steel Rated to support 500 lbs of uniformly distributed static weight for shelves up to 48'' in length Lifetime of rust-free performance even in the harshest environment Stainless Steel W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1824FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x Solid Stainless Steel Shelf 1848FSW Channel Dunnage Shelves For heavy duty shelving use "U" shaped steel channel for maximum storage capability Can be intermixed with standard wire shelves Uniformly distributed static weight load capacity for shelves up to 48" long is 2,000 lbs (905 kgs) per shelf and 1,200 lbs (544 kgs) for longer shelves W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) CDU x x / CDU x x / 4 11 CDU x x / CDU x x / CDU x x / 4 16 CDU x x / CDU x x / CDU x x / 2 13 CDU x x / CDU x x / 2 17 CDU x x / CDU x x / CDU x x / CDU x x / 4 13 CDU x x / CDU x x / CDU x x / CDU x x / Channel Dunnage Shelf CDU348E Dunnage Shelf with Wire Grid DS348Y Dunnage Shelves with Wire Grid Reinforced dunnage shelf incorporating a wire grid Ideal for kegs and other heavy loads Can be intermixed with standard wire shelves W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) DS x x DS x x DS x x DS x x DS x x DS x x *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y For additional support, see 3-sided and 4-sided Frames on page

38 ISS / ISS New Era System. Corrosion free shelves are made with heavy-duty epoxy coated steel frames and grey polypropylene plastic removable panels Excellent solution when shelf cleanliness is important. New Era shelves contain an antimicrobial agent that protects the finishes from bacteria, mold, mildew and fungi that cause odors, stains and product degeneration. Keeps shelving cleaner in between cleanings* Available in solid and vented styles Sectional panels are easy to remove and clean Shelves fit onto standard ISS posts and can be intermixed with other ISS shelving styles. Stainless steel posts recommended No tools or hardware required Can be used in all environments from 190F (88C) to -20F (-29C) Load capacity of 1,000 lbs (455kgs) per shelf of uniformly distributed static weight * This product does not protect users or others against bacteria, viruses, germs or other disease organisms. It is for the protection of the product only. The antimicrobial product should always be thoroughly cleaned after each use. New Era Shelves Vented Solid W x L Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) LPS1824V LPS1824S 18 x x / LPS1830V LPS1830S 18 x x LPS1836V LPS1836S 18 x x LPS1842V LPS1842S 18 x x / LPS1848V LPS1848S 18 x x / 2 7 LPS1854V LPS1854S 18 x x LPS1860V LPS1860S 18 x x / LPS2124V LPS2124S 21 x x / LPS2130V LPS2130S 21 x x LPS2136V LPS2136S 21 x x LPS2142V LPS2142S 21 x x / LPS2148V LPS2148S 21 x x / LPS2154V LPS2154S 21 x x / LPS2160V LPS2160S 21 x x / LPS2424V LPS2424S 24 x x LPS2430V LPS2430S 24 x x LPS2436V LPS2436S 24 x x LPS2442V LPS2442S 24 x x LPS2448V LPS2448S 24 x x LPS2454V LPS2454S 24 x x / LPS2460V LPS2460S 24 x x Solid Shelf Panels Vented Shelf Panels 38

39 ISS / ISS New Era Posts The optimum finishes for posts used with New Era Shelves are Stainless Steel and Grey Bond Stainless Steel Grey Bond Height Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) P54S P54E 54 3 / / P62S P62E 62 3 / / P74S P74E 74 3 / / P86S P86E 86 3 / / New Era Shelf Dividers Helps separate and organize goods on New Era Shelves Grey Bond W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PPSD18P 18 x 4 1 / x / PPSD24P 24 x 4 1 / x / New Era Shelf Dividers New Era Label Holder Slotted snap-on grey label holder for paper inserts Insert label from side Fits all shelf lengths Length For Labels Model No. (In.) (In.) LPBM3 2 3 / / 4 x 2 3 / 4 LPBM3 Label Holder 39

40 ISS / ISS EZ Track High Density Storage System For efficient and better use of aisle space, EZ Track High Density Storage is a sliding mobile storage solution to gain additional storage space Uses overhead tracks to attach mobile storage units. The track is anchored onto floor mounted stationary units at each end of the EZ Track system Mobile storage units can be rolled sideways Utilizes "live aisle" space of 30" to 36" for moving units around and gaining access to storage area EZ Track High Density Storage System EZ Track Guidelines Select the size and finish appropriate for the environment. The guide bar is 300 Series Stainless Steel The end units should be equal to or greater in width than the mobile units (14" wide shelving not recommended) An intermediate stationary unit is recommended for track lengths greater than 16 feet (remember to include aisle space on both sides of the intermediate stationary unit) For maximum space utilization, an offset rigid caster (CM6EZ) is recommended. Caster channels are included with these casters A 30" to 36'' aisle space is recommended 81" posts are recommended for stationary units and 74" posts for mobile units Model No. Description Width (In.) EZE Fixed Unit EZM18 Mobile Unit 18 EZM21 Mobile Unit 21 EZM24 Mobile Unit 24 EZT Track Tube EZJ Joining Kit CM6PEZ Caster Single Aisle System Double Aisle System How to Order: Order shelves and posts separately Order one EZE for each stationary unit Order one EZM for each mobile unit (Designate width of shelving by ordering EZM18, EZM21 or EZM24) Order four CM6EZ casters for each mobile unit Order EZT track equal to the total length of the system in even feet. (EZT includes a pair of track) Order one EZJ joining kit for track lengths over 20 feet (Includes joining mechanism for both sections of track) 40

41 ISS Accessories / ISS Shelf Gard Polyethylene Shelf Covers Available in clear and opaque in three shelf widths Opaque Clear W x L Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1424PSG 1424CPSG 14 x / PSG 1436CPSG 14 x / PSG 1448CPSG 14 x PSG 1460CPSG 14 x / PSG 1824CPSG 18 x / PSG 1836CPSG 18 x PSG 1848CPSG 18 x / PSG 1860CPSG 18 x PSG 2424CPSG 24 x PSG 2436CPSG 24 x / PSG 2448CPSG 24 x / PSG 2460CPSG 24 x Clear Shelf Gard Embossed Polyethylene Shelf Covers The rugged polyethylene plastic easily attaches to all shelving styles Prevents liquids, crumbs and dirt from dropping to shelves below The raised embossed design promotes air circulation in walk-in refrigerators and freezers Embossed W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) AM1824P 18 x x AM1830P 18 x x / AM1836P 18 x x / AM1842P 18 x x / AM1848P 18 x x AM1860P 18 x x / AM1872P 18 x x AM2424P 24 x x / AM2430P 24 x x / AM2436P 24 x x AM2442P 24 x x / 4 1 AM2448P 24 x x / AM2460P 24 x x / AM2472P 24 x x Stainless Steel Shelf Covers Covers are 300 Series stainless steel and fit on top of wire shelves Stainless Steel W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1830SCT 18 x x / SCT 18 x x SCT 18 x x SCT 18 x x SCT 24 x x SCT 24 x x SCT 24 x x SCT 24 x x SCT 30 x x SCT 30 x x SCT 30 x x SCT 30 x x Opaque Shelf Gard Embossed Shelf Covers Stainless Steel Shelf Covers 41

42 ISS Accessories / ISS Shelf Ledges Keeps items from falling off shelves Ledges mount to posts and can be used with all shelves Height: 6" Ledges can be stacked on top of each other for additional height, or mounted below shelves to reduce height Fits Shelf Width Weight Model No.* or Length (In.) (Lbs.) LU / 2 LU / 2 LU / 4 LU LU / 2 LU / 2 LU LU LU / 4 LU / 2 LU Shelf Ledges *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y Shelf Dividers Maintain separation of goods with shelf dividers Height: 8" Length Fits Shelf Width Weight Model No.* (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SDU / / SDU / SDU / SDU / / *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y Shelf Dividers 42

43 ISS Accessories / ISS Drawers Available in 2 heights: 3" and 6" H x D x W Model No. (In.) (mm.) DO223 3 x 22 1 / 2 x 17 1 / 2 76 x 558 x 457 DO226 6 x 22 1 / 2 x 17 1 / x 558 x 457 Drawer Dividers Packaged 1 each Model No. Description Fits Drawers DDL223 Long Drawer Divider DO223 DDL173 Short Drawer Divider DO223 DDL226 Long Drawer Divider DO226 DDL176 Short Drawer Divider DO226 DS1 Drawer Stops (Fits All Adjustable Slides) All Drawers DO226 Left : with card Holder Right: with Drawer Dividers Card Holders Snaps on front of drawer Model No. Dim. (In.) Dim. (mm.) BMTB1 6 1 / 4 x 1 1 / x 25 BMTB2 7 1 / 2 x 3 1 / x 79 Hanger Bar Bar fastens to posts to hold bins Plating Plus Gold Bond L x W x H Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) BH36C BH36Y 1 1 / 2 x 36 x 3 1 / 2 38 x 914 x BH48C BH48Y 1 1 / 2 x 48 x 3 1 / 2 38 x 1219 x BH60C BH60Y 1 1 / 2 x 60 x 3 1 / 2 38 x 1524 x BH72C BH72Y 1 1 / 2 x 72 x 3 1 / 2 38 x 1829 x / Bins Attach to Hanger Bar or sit on shelf L x W x H Model No. Color (In.) (mm.) ISS30230B Blue 11 x 5 1 / 2 x x 140 x 127 ISS30230E Grey 11 x 5 1 / 2 x x 140 x 127 ISS30235B Blue 11 x 11 x x 279 x 127 ISS30235E Grey 11 x 11 x x 279 x 127 ISS30240B Blue 14 3 / 4 x 8 1 / 4 x x 210 x 178 ISS30250B Blue 14 3 / 4 x 16 1 / 2 x x 419 x 178 ISS30128R Red 17 3 / 4 x 4 1 / 8 x x 105 x 102 Bin Dividers Available in black only Hanger Bar BH48C Bins Left: ISS30230B Right: ISS30235B Model No. Description Fits Bins Size (In.) ISS40120 Divides bin along width ISS30230B, ISS30230E, ISS30235B, ISS30128R width: 4.1 ISS40245 Divides bin along length ISS30240B length: 14 43

44 ISS Accessories / ISS Shelf Label Holders Holders fit on all ISS wire and solid stainless shelves Snaps onto front of shelf Label Holders for Adhesive Labels Attach adhesive label to flat face of holder. Labels not included Available in blue only Length Fits Shelf For Labels Model No. (In.) Length (In.) W x L (In.) PFBM3 3 All Up to 1 3 / 8 x 3 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 20 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 26 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 32 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 38 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 44 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 56 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 68 Label Holders for Paper Labels- Slotted style PFBM3 Insert paper label from side Available in black only Length Fits Shelf For Labels Model No. BM1 BM24 BM36 (In.) Length (In.) All W x L (In.) 1 x 3 1 x 20 1 x 32 BM x 44 BM x 56 BM1 BM x 68 Label Holders for Paper Labels- Clear Covered Style Insert paper label from top Label is protected by clear plastic face Available in clear only Length Fits Shelf For Labels Model No. (In.) Length (In.) W x L (In.) PTBM / 4 x 32 PTBM / 4 x 44 PTBM36 44 Label Holders for New Era, Solid Stainless Steel and Dunnage Shelves Slotted label holder affixes to shelf with self-adhesive strip Insert paper label from side Available in grey only Length Fits Shelf For Labels Model No. (In.) Length (In.) W x L (In.) SHLAB 6 All 3 / 4 x 6 Label Holders for Inverted Shelves Clear covered label holder snaps onto inverted shelves Insert paper label from top Label is protected by clear plastic face Available in clear only Length Fits Shelf For Labels Model No. (In.) Length (In.) W x L (In.) ISBM / / 4 x 32 ISBM / / 4 x 44 SHLAB ISBM36

45 ISS Accessories / ISS Stem Casters Use stem casters to add shelving mobility and increase efficiency Stem casters are load rated for 75 to 300 lbs Three caster styles available: swivel only, swivel with brake, and rigid Three types of tire treads available: Resilient Rubber, Polyurethane, and Conductive Resilient casters are great for use on rough flooring as they are long lasting, quiet and inexpensive Polyurethane casters are non-marking and prevent undue wear on carpets and floors. They are suited to demanding environments suchs as extreme temperatures and the presence of solvents or organic chemicals Conductive casters are designed for dissipation of static charge build-up in computer, electronic or medical applications The forks of all stem casters are plated steel except for models CM6PS and CM6PSB which are stainless steel Swivel Caster with brake Swivel Caster Swivel Swivel With Brake Rigid Dia. Face Load Rating Wheel Weight Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) In. (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Material (Lbs.) (Kg.) CM2M N/A N/A / Resilient 1 / CM3M CM3MB N/A / Resilient Rubber 1 1 / N/A CM4PB N/A / Polyurethane CM5M CM5MB CM5MR* / Resilient Rubber 2 3 / CM5P CM5PB CM5PR* / Polyurethane CM5MC CM5MCB CM5MCR* / Resilient *Caster channel required. Order separately; see below. Caster Channel Required on all round stem rigid casters to mainatain aligned position of casters Order one caster channel for each pair of rigid casters Select caster channel length based on shelf width Plating Plus Fits Shelf Width W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) CC18C / 4 x 18 3 / 4 57 x CC21C / 4 x 21 3 / 4 57 x CC24C / 4 x 24 3 / 4 57 x Donut Bumpers Donut bumpers help prevent wall damage Model DB5 rotates to reduce marking Dia. Model No. (In.) (mm.) Description DB4 3 1 / 2 89 Non-Revolving DB Revolving DB5 DB4 Donut Bumbers 45

46 ISS Accessories / ISS Enclosure Panels Wire grid panels are an efficient way to enclose sides and back of stationary and mobile shelving units 3 x 3 grid helps prevent goods from falling off shelves. Not recommended for small items Recommended for shelving units with post heights of 54", 62", and 74" and shelf widths of 14", 18", 21" and 24" Order one panel for each side of shelving unit (based on shelf width dimension) and order one to four panels for back of shelving units (based on shelf length dimension) Enclosure panels attach to top and bottom shelves. (Clips included to secure panels to intermediate shelves). Shelves must be positioned to match panel height. See chart below Post Panel Distance Between Top Height Height and Bottom Shelves (In.) (In.) (In.) Enclosure Panel Options There are 9 panel models available in two finishes: Plating Plus and Gold Bond Use the Ordering Charts on next page to determine the model number and quantity of enclosure panels best suited for shelving unit Enclosure Panel EP271C H x W Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 11" Width EP x x / EP x x / EP x x / " Width EP x x / EP x x EP x x / " Width EP x x / EP x x / EP x x / *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Gold Bond Y 46

47 ISS Accessories / ISS Enclosure Panels, cont d To Order Side Enclosures Order one panel for each side of shelving unit Select the panel that corresponds to the post height and shelf width of shelving unit Post Height Shelf Width (In.) 14" 18" 21" 24" 54 EP151 EP151 EP254 EP EP159 EP159 EP255 EP EP171 EP171 EP271 EP371 To Order Back Enclosures Order one to four panels for back of shelving unit Select the panel(s) that corresponds to the post height and shelf length of shelving unit Quantity of panels to be ordered is shown in parenthesis Post Height Shelf Length (In.) 24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72" 54 (1)EP351 (2)EP151 (2)EP254 (2)EP351 (1)EP151 (3)EP254 (3)EP351 (4)EP254 (2)EP254 and (2)EP254 and (2)EP (1)EP359 (2)EP159 (2)EP255 (2)EP359 (1)EP159 (3)EP255 (3)EP359 (4)EP255 (2)EP255 and (2)EP255 and (2)EP (1)EP371 (2)EP171 (2)EP271 (2)EP371 (1)EP171 (3)EP271 (3)EP371 (4)EP271 (2)EP271 and (2)EP271 and (2)EP371 Side One enclosure panel attached; two panels to be added Back Panels attach with C-shaped hook 47

48 ISS Accessories / ISS Frames Choose from a variety of frames for different storage shelving requirements. 3-sided and 4-sided frames available Available in Gold Bond, Grey Bond and Plating Plus To ensure stability for stationary shelving units, the bottom shelf should always be installed at the lowest position. When storage demands require the lowest shelf to be installed at 24" (610mm) or more above the floor it is recommended that a support frame be used. 3-Sided Frames Gold Bond Grey Bond Plating Plus W x L Weight Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TF336Y TF336E TF336C 18 x x / TF348Y TF348E TF348C 18 x x / TF360Y TF360E TF360C 18 x x / TF536Y TF536E TF536C 24 x x / TF548Y TF548E TF548C 24 x x / TF560Y TF560E TF560C 24 x x Sided Frames 4-Sided Frames Gold Bond Grey Bond Plating Plus W x L Weight Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs) (Kg.) FF336Y FF336E FF336C 18 x x / FF348Y FF348E FF348C 18 x x FF360Y FF360E FF360C 18 x x FF536Y FF536E FF536C 24 x x FF548Y FF548E FF548C 24 x x / FF560Y FF560E FF560C 24 x x / Sided Frames 48

49 ISS Accessories / ISS Perimeter Rod Kit Use to enclose a side of a unit or as dividers within a shelving unit Rods are secured in place with Perimeter Rod Tabs Kits include one perimeter rod and 4 tabs Plating Plus Gold Bond Height Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Kits PR52C PR52Y PR60C PR60Y PR72C PR72Y PR84C PR84Y Tabs EPC1C EPC1Y Gold Bond Perimeter Rod Kit Perimeter Rod Tab Sure Lock Couplers Model No. Description PCS3 Regular Coupler Sold In Multiples Of 8 PCS2* Conductive Coupler Sold In Multiples Of 2 PCA Aluminum Coupler Sold Individually * Conductive couplers used for grounding units in electronic applications Conductive Coupler PCS2 Post Extender & Connector Joins two posts together for greater height Model No. PE2 PC Description Post Extender Post Connector Post Extender PE2 Post Connector PC S-Hooks Uset two S-Hooks per shelf to continue a run of shelving or in corners Provides easier access to corner storage by eliminating posts Plating Plus Gold Bond Stainless Steel Model No. Model No. Model No. SH2C SH2Y SH2S S-Hooks SH2Y 49

50 ISS Accessories / ISS Clamps, Clips & Foot Plates Model No. PC2 Post Clamps Description Joins 2 Posts Side-By-Side FP1C Square Foot Plate, May Be Bolted To Floor Plating Plus MFP1* Modified Foot Plate May Be Bolted To Floor MMFP1* Half Modified May Be Bolted To Floor Foot Plate FG4 Foot Glide 4 To Bag WC1 Wall Clip Secures Shelf To Wall (Not Illlustrated) Post Clamps PC2 Square Foot Plate FP1C *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Grey Bond Gold Bond Suffix C E Y Corner Cap Covers shelf corners on Add-On Units or Wall Half Modified Foot Plate MMP1C Modified Foot Plate MFP1C Foot Glide FG4 Model No. CHP1C CHP1Y Description Comer Cap, Chrome Comer Cap, Gold Bond Corner Cap CHP1C Hanger Rails Attach between posts in width or length Convenient for hanging utensils Plating Plus Gold Bond Length Model No. Model No. (In.) HR14C HR14Y 14 HR18C HR18Y 18 HR24C HR24Y 24 HR30C HR30Y 30 HR36C HR36Y 36 HR48C HR48Y 48 HR60C HR60Y 60 Hanger Rail Anti-Static Chain Use for grounding units in electronic applications Model No. Description AS18 Anti-Static Chain, 18" Anti-Static Chain 50

51 LPI / LPI Overview LPI round post shelving is a good solution for both dry and refrigerated storage needs Each 48 shelf is rated to support up to 800 lbs (363 kgs) of uniformly distributed static load weight. Longer shelves can support up to 600 lbs (272 kgs) systems can be assembled in minutes, without the need for tools or hardware Shelves are installed on the posts on 1'' (25mm) increments and can be changed easily as storage needs change Available in Plating Plus for display and storage in dry environments, and Green Epoxy for storage in environments where moisture and humidity may lead to rapid corrosion of unprotected shelves Plating Plus is warranted for one year against corrosion in dry environments Green Epoxy is warranted under normal use for seven years against naturally occurring corrosion LPI is warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for one year from the date of shipment. Kits / LPI Convenience Packs Each kit contains 4 shelves and four 70" split posts Available in Plating Plus and Green Epoxy finishes Plating Plus Green Epoxy W x L x H Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1836KIT 1836KITGN 18 x 36 x x 914 x KIT 1848KITGN 18 x 48 x x 1219 x KIT 1860KITGN 18 x 60 x x 1524 x KIT 2436KITGN 24 x 36 x x 914 x KIT 2448KITGN 24 x 48 x x 1219 x KIT 2460KITGN 24 x 60 x x 1524 x

52 LPI Posts and Shelves / LPI Posts For stationary use Posts are packed 4 per carton. NO BROKEN CARTONS Plating Plus Green Epoxy Height Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MG007C MG007GN / MG034C MG034GN MG054C MG054GN MG064C MG064GN / MG072C MG072GN MG084C MG084GN Post for Stationary Use Posts with No Foot For use with Stem Casters Plating Plus Green Epoxy Height Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MG064NFC MG064NFGN / MG072NFC MG072NFGN Post for Stem Casters 52

53 LPI Posts and Shelves / LPI Wire Shelves Available in 4 widths Shelves up to 48" long are packed 4 per carton Shelves 54" to 72" are packed 2 per carton NO BROKEN CARTONS Plating Plus Green Epoxy W x L Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 14" Wide Shelves MA1424C MA1424GN 14 x x MA1430C MA1430GN 14 x x MA1436C MA1436GN 14 x x MA1442C MA1442GN 14 x x ½ 4.3 MA1448C MA1448GN 14 x x ½ 4.7 MA1460C MA1460GN 14 x x MA1472C MA1472GN 14 x x " Wide Shelves MA1824C MA1824GN 18 x x MA1830C MA1830GN 18 x x MA1836C MA1836GN 18 x x 914 9½ 4.3 MA1842C MA1842GN 18 x x MA1848C MA1848GN 18 x x MA1854C MA1854GN 18 x x ½ 6.6 MA1860C MA1860GN 18 x x MA1872C MA1872GN 18 x x " Wide Shelves MA2124C MA2124GN 21 x x MA2130C MA2130GN 21 x x MA2136C MA2136GN 21 x x MA2142C MA2142GN 21 x x MA2148C MA2148GN 21 x x MA2154C MA2154GN 21 x x MA2160C MA2160GN 21 x x MA2172C MA2172GN 21 x x " Wide Shelves MA2424C MA2424GN 24 x x MA2430C MA2430GN 24 x x MA2436C MA2436GN 24 x x MA2442C MA2442GN 24 x x MA2448C MA2448GN 24 x x MA2454C MA2454GN 24 x x MA2460C MA2460GN 24 x x MA2472C MA2472GN 24 x x Wire MA1836C Cantilever Shelves Great for storing small items between full size shelves, or use as a top shelf Available in Plating Plus finish 4 shelves per carton Plating Plus W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (Lbs.) MO836 8 x 36 5 MO848 8 x 48 6 Cantilever MO836 53

54 LPI Accessories / LPI Clear Plastic Shelf Cover Great for storing smaller items Has a 1'' lip around edges Prevents liquid from dripping onto the shelf below should the storage items leak W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1824CPSG 18 x x / CPSG 18 x x CPSG 18 x x / CPSG 18 x x CPSG 24 x x CPSG 24 x x / CPSG 24 x x / CPSG 24 x x Clear Plastic Shelf Cover Shelf Ledges Helps prevent goods from falling off the back or sides of shelves Ledges mount to posts and can be stacked on top of each other for additional height Height 6" Plating Plus Green Epoxy Fits Shelf Width or Length Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) LU14C LU14GN / LU18C LU18GN / LU21C LU21GN / LU24C LU24GN LU30C LU30GN / LU36C LU36GN / LU42C LU42GN LU48C LU48GN LU54C LU54GN / 4 1 LU60C LU60GN / LU72C LU72GN Shelf Ledge Shelf Dividers For efficient shelf organization Order by shelf width. Height 8" Plating Plus Green Epoxy Fits Shelf Width Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SDU14C SDU14GN / SDU18C SDU18GN SDU21C SDU21GN SDU24C SDU24GN / Shelf Dividers 54

55 LPI Accessories / LPI Shelf Label Holders Holders fit on all LPI wire shelves Snaps onto front of shelf Label holders for adhesive labels Attach adhesive label to flat face of holder. Labels not included Available in blue only Length Fits Shelf For Labels Model No. (In.) Length (In.) W x L (In.) PFBM3 3 All Up to 1 3 / 8 x 3 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 20 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 26 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 32 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 38 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 44 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 56 PFBM Up to 1 3 / 8 x 68 PFBM3 Label Holders for Paper Labels - Slotted Style Insert paper label from side Model LPBM3 is available in grey, all others available in black only Length Model No. (In.) LPBM3 2 3 / 4 BM1 3 BM24 20 BM36 32 BM48 44 BM60 56 BM72 68 Fits Shelf For Labels Length (In.) W x L (In.) All 1 1 / 4 x 2 3 / 4 All 1 x x x x x x 68 BM1 LPBM3 Label Holder for Paper Labels - Clear covered style Insert paper label from side (SHLAB) or top (PTBM) Label is protected by clear plastic face Available in clear only Length Fits Shelf For Labels Model No. (In.) Length (In.) W x L (In.) SHLAB3 2 3 / 4 All 1 1 / 4 x 2 3 / 4 SHLAB2 5 1 / 2 All 1 1 / 4 x 5 1 / 2 PTBM / 4 x 32 PTBM / 4 x 44 SHLAB3 PTBM36 55

56 LPI Accessories / LPI Casters Two types of casters are available. Economical 5" poly casters are available for light-duty applications. When strength and durability are important, the 5" resilient casters are recommended. Additional caster options can be found on page 45. 5" Poly Casters Non-marking polyurethane casters, 5" diameter Sold as a set of 4: Two swivel casters plus two swivel with brake casters Load rating for the set: 250 lbs Casters are threaded and are to be used with standard posts Weight Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) IMPCAS5 Set of 4: two swivel and 2 swivel w/ brake " Poly Casters 5" Resilient Casters Long lasting casters with 1 1 / 4'' face and 5'' diameter Sold separately Load rating for 4 casters: 800 lbs Casters have solid stems and are to be used with Posts with No Foot Weight Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) CM5M Swivel 2 3 / CM5MB Swivel with Brake 2 3 / Swivel Caster with brake Swivel Caster Donut Bumper Non-marking rubber bumper revolves to prevent wall damage 5" diameter Diameter Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) DB5 Revolving Bumper Donut Bumper DB5 56

57 LPI Accessories / LPI S-Hooks Use two S-Hooks per shelf to continue a run of shelving or in corners Provides easier access to corner storage by eliminating posts Plating Plus Model No. Description MCB1C Plating Plus MCB1GN Green Epoxy S-Hook MCB1C Shelf Support Clips Model No. Description MKIT 4-pack of plastic clips Shelf Support Clip MKIT Post Clamp Used to secure two shelving units together to ensure alignment One clamp recommended at the front of unit and one at the rear Fits all shelving systems Model No. PC2 Description Post Clamp Post Clamp PC2 Foot Plate Can be used to mount posts permanently to the floor or to mount counter tops to posts. One plate required for each post. Available in Plating Plus finish Model No. FP1C Description Foot Plate, Plating Plus Foot Plate FP1 Corner Cap Covers shelf corners on Add-On Units or wall shelving Model No. Description CHP1C Corner Cap, Plating Plus Corner Cap CHP1C 57

58 Kelmax / Kelmax Overview The Kelmax system is made of aluminum - which is lightweight and never rusts Several types of shelving systems are available: Cantilever, Standard Fixed and Adjustable The Cantilever system is ideal for increasing usable space in coolers and freezers. Since there are no front posts, storage is maximized and access is much easier Aluminum construction offers higher load ratings. Therefore, larger loads can be supported across a longer span of shelving Aluminum shelving is ideal in hot or caustic applications that might damage the coating of wire shelving Kelmax is warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for five years from the date of shipment. Kelmax aluminum products are warranted for life against rust and corrosion. 58

59 Kelmax Aluminum Cantilever / Kelmax Cantilever shelving is ideal for increasing usable space in coolers and freezers No front posts so cases and boxes can span from one unit to the next Freestanding unit; does not require bolting to the walls Available as Fixed Units, or order Frames and Adjustable Shelves separately to create custom units Choose from 3 types of shelves Load Capacity Type Description Per Shelf (Lbs.) Application Channel 4" wide channels 1,500 Provides extra strength for large or small items. Allows for air circulation. Tubular 4 1 / 2 " spacing between vertical tubes 1,500 For storage of cases or large boxes. Solid Reinforced tubing under the skin 900 For storage of small items. Helps contain spills. Cantilever Fixed Units All-welded aluminum construction Includes frame and 2-4 fixed shelves Shelves are fixed and are not adjustable or removable Overall height is 72" Available in two shelf depths: 20" and 24" Front legs do not extend past the bottom shelf for safety Tubular bottom shelf is standard with all kits, and is easily removed without the use of tools for cleaning Clearance between fixed shelves: - Two shelf unit: 59" - Three shelf unit: 28" - Four shelf unit: 18 1 / 4" Maximum load capacity per shelving unit is 3,000 lbs Freight class 400 Channel Shelf Unit ACFCS Channel Shelf Tubular Shelf Solid Shelf L x D x H Weight Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 2 Shelf Units ACFCS ACFSS x 20 x x 508 x ACFCS ACFSS x 24 x x 610 x ACFCS ACFSS x 20 x x 508 x ACFCS ACFSS x 24 x x 610 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 20 x x 508 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 24 x x 610 x Shelf Units ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 20 x x 508 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 24 x x 610 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 20 x x 508 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 24 x x 610 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 20 x x 508 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 24 x x 610 x Shelf Units ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 20 x x 508 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 24 x x 610 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 20 x x 508 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 24 x x 610 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 20 x x 508 x ACFCS ACFS ACFSS x 24 x x 610 x Left: Solid Shelf Unit ACFSS Right: Channel Shelf Unit ACFCS

60 Kelmax AMCO Aluminum Cantilever / Kelmax Cantilever Frames and Adjustable Shelves Frames and adjustable shelves sold separately Tubular base dunnage shelf is standard, and is easily removed without the use of tools for cleaning Up to 5 additional shelf positions. Shelves can be added or removed without tools Available in two shelf depths: 20" and 24" Clearance between adjustable shelves is 9 5 / 8" Overall height is 72" Maximum load capacity per shelving unit is 2,800 lbs How to Order: 1. Choose frame size 2. Choose tubular base dunnage shelf that matches frame size (Optional) 3. Choose type of shelf (Channel, Tubular, or Solid) and shelf size 4. Specify number of shelves ( 1-5 ) Note: 24" shelves are not suggested for 20" frames. Cantilever Frames Freight class 400 L x D x H Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 20" Deep Frame ACAF x 20 x x 508 x ACAF x 20 x x 508 x ACAF x 20 x x 508 x " Deep Frame ACAF x 24 x x 610 x ACAF x 24 x x 610 x ACAF x 24 x x 610 x Shelves Frame Tubular Base Dunnage Shelf Freight class 70 L x D Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 20" Deep Shelves ACB x x ACB x x ACB x x " Deep Shelves ACB x x ACB x x ACB x x Cantilever Shelves Freight class 70 Channel Shelf Tubular Shelf Solid Shelf L x D Weight Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 20" Deep Shelves ACACS3620 ACA3620 ACAS x x ACACS4820 ACA4820 ACAS x x ACACS6020 ACA6020 ACAS x x " Deep Shelves ACACS3624 ACA3624 ACAS x x ACACS4824 ACA4824 ACAS x x ACACS6024 ACA6024 ACAS x x Base Dunnage Shelf 60

61 Kelmax Aluminum Standard / Kelmax Available as Standard Fixed Units, or order Posts and Adjustable Shelves separately to create a custom unit Standard Fixed Units All welded aluminum shelving ships set up Includes 4 posts and 2 to 4 fixed shelves Overall height is 60" for 2 and 3-shelf units and 72" for 4-shelf unit Mitered top for extra strength Available in two shelf depths: 20" and 24" Clearance between shelves: - Two shelf unit: 48 1 / 2" - Three shelf unit: 22 1 / 2" - Four shelf unit: 18 1 / 2" Choose from 4 types of shelves Freight class 400 Load Capacity Type Description Per Shelf (Lbs.) Application Channel 4" wide channels 1,500 Provides extra strength for large or small items. Allows for air circulation. Tubular 4 1 / 2 " spacing between vertical tubes 1,500 For storage of cases or large boxes. T - Bar 2" spacing between bars 1,500 For storage that requires perpendicular support Solid Reinforced tubing under the skin 1,500 For storage of small items. Helps contain spills. Tubular Shelf T-Bar Shelf Channel Shelf Solid Shelf L x W x H Weight Model No. Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 2-Shelf Units AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 20 x x 508 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 24 x x 610 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 20 x x 508 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 24 x x 610 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 20 x x 508 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 24 x x 610 x Shelf Units AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 20 x x 508 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 24 x x 610 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 20 x x 508 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 24 x x 610 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 20 x x 508 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 24 x x 610 x Shelf Units AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 20 x x 508 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 24 x x 610 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 20 x x 508 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 24 x x 610 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 20 x x 508 x AFS AFSTB AFCS AFSS x 24 x x 610 x Accessories for Standard Fixed Kits Model No. Description /M 5" Poly U Plate Casters (Set), 2 Swivel and 2 Fixed /MHD Heavy Duty 6" x 2" Polyolefin Casters w/ Brake (Set), 2 Swivel and 2 Fixed /ADJ Adjustable Feet Set Channel Shelf Unit AFCS Mobile Channel Shelf Unit AFCS6024-3/MHD 61

62 Kelmax Aluminum Standard / Kelmax Standard Posts and Adjustable Shelves Create a custom aluminum shelving unit Choose from 6 posts and 4 types of shelves in 4 widths Shelves are adjustable and interchangeable in the same width and length Shelves Load Capacity Type Description Per Shelf (Lbs.) Application Channel 4" wide channels 2,100 Provides greatest support and versatility. Use in coolers, freezers, and storerooms. Easy to clean. Tubular Heavy wall tubular construction 2,000 Ideal for use in coolers, especially when storing cases or large boxes. T - Bar 2" spacing between bars 1,500 For storage that requires perpendicular support. Solid.063" thick aluminum skin with marine edge. 900 For storage of small items. Helps contain spills. 24" wide shelf is reinforced with 2 tubes on underside. Great in coolers. 18" and 20" shelves are reinforced with one tube on underside. Solid Shelf Tubular Shelf T-Bar Shelf Channel Shelf L x W Weight Model No. Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 18" Wide Shelves AASR1836 AAS1836 AATB1836 AACH x x AASR1848 AAS1848 AATB1848 AACH x x AASR1860 AAS1860 AATB1860 AACH x x " Wide Shelves AASR2036 AAS2036 AATB2036 AACH x x AASR2048 AAS2048 AATB2048 AACH x x AASR2060 AAS2060 AATB2060 AACH x x " Wide Shelves AASR2436 AAS2436 AATB2436 AACH x x AASR2448 AAS2448 AATB2448 AACH x x AASR2460 AAS2460 AATB2460 AACH x x AASR2472 AAS2472 AATB2472 AACH x x " Wide Shelves AAS3036 AACH x x AAS3048 AACH x x Channel Shelf AACH T-Bar Shelf AATB Tubular Shelf AAS Solid Shelf AASR 62

63 Kelmax Aluminum Standard / Kelmax Standard Posts and Adjustable Shelves (cont.) Posts Height Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Poles AAP AAP AAP AAP / 2 2 AAP AAP Accessories / Kelmax Casters and Feet Weight Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) /5S 5" x 1 1 / 2 " Poly U Swivel Stem Casters (Each) /5SBK 5" x 1 1 / 2 " Poly U Swivel Stem Casters w/ Brake (Each) /ADJ Adjustable Feet (Each) /ADJ-F Flanged Adjustable Feet (Each) Swivel Stem Caster /5S Adjustable Foot /ADJ Clips Connect multiple shelving sections together in between posts when additional stability is needed Weight Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) AAS Clip Clips Solid 1 / 2 AAT Clip Clips Tubular 1 / 2 AAS Clip AAT Clip U-Braces For improved stability at the bottom of shelving units, or use as package stops between shelves L x D Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) AASUB x x AASUB x x AASUB x x AASUB x x U-Brace AASUB 63

64 Workstations Freestyle ISS AMCO Kelmax Universal Stainless A highly efficient, economical and flexible operation requires workstations with those same qualities. Workstations To run a successful foodservice operation you need to have a system in place one that s strong and reliable, and that adapts to any changes that may arise. You ll find that strength and flexibility in both of the workstation systems we offer: Freestyle is the cantilevered, freestanding steel workstation that combines strength and durability with exceptional accessibility and ergonomic design. ISS is the traditional wire shelving workstation system that is both highly functional and highly economical. Both systems are ordered as individual components to create custom workstations that precisely fit your space, equipment and individual applications. Whether you choose Freestyle or ISS, you ll get a system that s flexible, expandable and highly customizable benefits you won t get with a pre-fabricated workstation. You ll also find both systems are ideal for food prep, drive-thru, warewashing, sandwich making and just about any other foodservice application. And to ensure you get the ideal workstation, our engineers will work with you to select the optimum components for your space and your needs. What makes Freestyle such a strong choice? Consider just a few of the advantages it offers: The freestanding design doesn t rely on walls for support yet has a unit capacity of 2,800 lbs. to easily handle any heavy equipment and supplies The high-strength steel construction with epoxy-based coatings provides exceptional stability and durability The cantilevered design has no front uprights, so it doesn t impede the reach or movement of your staff The one-piece shelves can be easily repositioned in 2 increments The unique add-on capability allows you to minimize cost and maximize flexibility Why limit your choices with a pre-fabricated workstation? Especially when you can put a system in place that s dependable, flexible and economical Freestyle: Freedom in Efficiency. So check out the following section for more on these innovative workstation solutions plus equipment stands from Kelmax, AMCO and Universal Stainless. Most of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit Customer Service Freestyle ISS AMCO Kelmax Universal Stainless To order Freestyle or ISS workstation systems, call your sales representative today. 64

65 Freestyle Cantilever Workstations / Freestyle Freedom in Efficiency Overview Freestyle cantilevered shelving system is the ultimate in organization, accessibility and workspace. It is versatile, strong, durable, adjustable, and NSF cerified With a wide variety of components, workstations can be customized to maximize kitchen operations. Freestyle Workstations are ideal for: - Food -- prep Food and prep assembly and assembly - Drive-thru -- Drive-thru areas areas - Warewashin -- Warewashing g All standard equipment is suitable on these workstations, including steamers, microwaves, refrigeration units and more Freestyle can also be used as storage units in coolers, freezers, and dry storage Since the cantilever design has no front uprights, accessibilty and productivity are improved Freestyle is heavy duty, but more versatile than fabricated stainless. It is modular and easily adjustable, and can be modified to accommodate future expansions - It can -- It be can easily be easily expanded expanded side to side side to with side the with the exclusive Freestyle exclusive Add-On Freestyle units which Add-On share units a common which share upright a with the existing common system, upright thereby with saving the existing space system, thereby saving -- Shelves space have a convenient integrated shelf and bracket design - Shelves which have a is convenient easy to install integrated and can shelf be adjusted on and bracket 2'' increments design which is easy to install and can -- Three be adjusted styles of on shelf 2'' increments covers and a full complement of accessories - Three styles of shelf covers and a full complement of allow customization accessories allow customization Freestyle provides incredible strength and stability for a freestanding unit. Each shelf has a load bearing capacity of 600 lbs with a unit rating of 1,800 lbs for cantilevered shelves and 1,000 lbs capacity on the bottom shelf for a total unit capacity of 2,800 lbs Freestyle is made of high strength steel with durable epoxy based coating. Three finishes are available: Grey Bond, Gold Bond and Polygard Blue. All offer protection in high moisture and dry environments Each finish involves a three-step process applied to plating quality wire and steel: 1. Zinc plating 2. Rust inhibiting chromate seal 3. Electrostatically applied baked-on antimicrobial polymer coating Drive-Thru Prep Station Workstations Service Counter The Freestyle system is warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for one year from the date of shipment. Storage Units 65

66 Freestyle Cantilever Workstations / Freestyle Freedom in Efficiency Create a Customized Workstation Today! Build a Workstation in 4 Easy Steps! Standard Frame Kit Workstations Step 1: Frame Kit Select a Standard Frame Kit. Include an Add-On Frame Kit if side to side expansion is needed. Step 2: Shelves Select the size, type, and quantities of shelves. Standard and Bottom shelves are available. Bottom shelf is not required for stability. Standard Shelves Bottom Shelf Step 3: Shelf Covers Select optional shelf covers to accommodate kitchen applications. No shelf cover is needed for dunnage. When flat work surface is needed, or for storing smaller items, choose from three types of shelf covers: wire, solid and counter covers. Shelf Covers Step 4: Accessories Select hanger rails and accessories. Additional accessories are available in the Wall and Speed of Service sections of the catalog. Accessories Note: Engineers are available to help customize your workstation. 66

67 Freestyle Frame Kits / Freestyle Standard Frame Kit Kit includes 2 uprights, 2 angle spreaders, 1 cross brace assembly and 1 hardware package Uprights are notched on 2" incremements for maximum flexibility for shelves and accessories Not shown: Kits are also available in 34", 54", 62" and 86" heights, as well as 18" and 24" lengths. Please contact factory H x W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 18" Width FSF x 18 x x 457 x FSF x 18 x x 457 x FSF x 18 x x 457 x FSF x 18 x x 457 x FSF x 18 x x 457 x FSF x 18 x x 457 x " Width FSF x 21 x x 533 x FSF x 21 x x 533 x FSF x 21 x x 533 x FSF x 21 x x 533 x FSF x 21 x x 533 x FSF x 21 x x 533 x " Width FSF x 24 x x 610 x FSF x 24 x x 610 x FSF x 24 x x 610 x FSF x 24 x x 610 x FSF x 24 x x 610 x FSF x 24 x x 610 x " Width FSF x 30 x x 762 x FSF x 30 x x 762 x FSF x 30 x x 762 x FSF x 30 x x 762 x FSF x 30 x x 762 x FSF x 30 x x 762 x Length Standard Frame Kit Width Height Workstations *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y 67

68 Freestyle Frame Kits / Freestyle Add-On Frame Kit For side to side expansion, Add-On Frame attaches to upright on standard frame Kit includes 1 upright, 2 angle spreaders, 1 cross brace assembly and 1 hardware package Not shown: Kits are also available in 34", 54", 62" and 86" heights, as well as 18" and 24" lengths. Please contact factory Workstations H x W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 18" Width FSFA x 18 x x 457 x FSFA x 18 x x 457 x FSFA x 18 x x 457 x FSFA x 18 x x 457 x FSFA x 18 x x 457 x FSFA x 18 x x 457 x " Width FSFA x 21 x x 533 x FSFA x 21 x x 533 x FSFA x 21 x x 533 x FSFA x 21 x x 533 x FSFA x 21 x x 533 x FSFA x 21 x x 533 x " Width FSFA x 24 x x 610 x FSFA x 24 x x 610 x FSFA x 24 x x 610 x FSFA x 24 x x 610 x FSFA x 24 x x 610 x FSFA x 24 x x 610 x " Width FSFA x 30 x x 762 x FSFA x 30 x x 762 x FSFA x 30 x x 762 x FSFA x 30 x x 762 x FSFA x 30 x x 762 x FSFA x 30 x x 762 x Add-On Frame Kit *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y 68

69 Freestyle Shelves / Freestyle Standard Shelves Unique one-piece shelf and bracket design allows for easy set-up and adjustments Use shelf as is, or add a shelf cover Not shown: Also available in 14" width and 18'' and 24'' lengths. Please contact factory W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 18" Width FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x " Width FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x " Width FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x " Width FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x FS x x Standard Shelf Workstations *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y 69

70 Freestyle Shelves / Freestyle Bottom Shelves Optional bottom shelf supports heavier weight loads up to 1,000 lbs per shelf. (It is not required for workstation stability) Not shown: Also available in 18" width and 18" and 24" lengths. Please contact factory Workstations W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 21" Width FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x " Width FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x " Width FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x FSB x x Bottom Shelf *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y Landing Shelves and Slanted Shelves Also offered, but not shown: Landing Shelf: for use in prep lines, especially with Hot Wells Slanted Shelf: helps keep goods towards the front of the shelf and provides easy access when used as a top shelf Please contact factory Landing Shelf Slanted Shelf 70

71 Freestyle Shelf Covers / Freestyle Standard Wire Shelf Covers Optional wire cover allows for storage of smaller items and provides air circulation Fits Standard and Bottom Shelves Not shown: Also available in 14" width and 18" and 24" lengths. Please contact factory W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 18" Width FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x " Width Standard Wire Shelf Cover FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x " Width FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x " Width FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x FSCW x x Workstations *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y 71

72 Freestyle Shelf Covers / Freestyle Standard Solid Shelf Covers Flat surface prevents liquids from spilling below Easily detachable from shelf for cleaning Fits Standard and Bottom Shelves Available in Stainless Steel finish only Not shown: Also available in 14" width and 18" and 24" lengths. Please contact factory Workstations W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 18" Width FSCS1830S 18 x x FSCS1836S 18 x x FSCS1842S 18 x x FSCS1848S 18 x x FSCS1854S 18 x x FSCS1860S 18 x x " Width FSCS2130S 21 x x FSCS2136S 21 x x FSCS2142S 21 x x FSCS2148S 21 x x FSCS2154S 21 x x FSCS2160S 21 x x " Width FSCS2430S 24 x x FSCS2436S 24 x x FSCS2442S 24 x x FSCS2448S 24 x x FSCS2454S 24 x x FSCS2460S 24 x x " Width FSCS3030S 30 x x FSCS3036S 30 x x FSCS3042S 30 x x FSCS3048S 30 x x FSCS3054S 30 x x FSCS3060S 30 x x Standard Solid Shelf Cover 72

73 Freestyle Shelf Covers / Freestyle Counter Covers Work surface with covered sides Easy to clean Fits Standard Shelves only Available with or without backsplash Stainless Steel finish only Not shown: Also available in 24" width and 18" and 24" lengths. Please contact factory W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) With Backsplash FSCC3030BS4S 30 x x FSCC3036BS4S 30 x x FSCC3042BS4S 30 x x FSCC3048BS4S 30 x x FSCC3054BS4S 30 x x FSCC3060BS4S 30 x x Counter Cover with Backsplash Workstations 73

74 Freestyle Accessories / Freestyle Hanger Rail Hanger Rail attaches to uprights, and all other accessories attach to this Hanger Rail can also be used as a shelf backstop Other accessories also available in Wall and Speed of Service sections of catalog Workstations Length Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) FSHR FSHR FSHR FSHR FSHR FSHR FSHR FSHR Hanger Rail *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y Bins L x W x H Weight Model No. Color (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ISS30230B Blue 11 x 5 1 / 2 x x 140 x ISS30230E Grey 11 x 5 1 / 2 x x 140 x ISS30235B Blue 11 x 11 x x 279 x ISS30235E Grey 11 x 11 x x 279 x ISS30240B Blue 14 3 / 4 x 8 1 / 4 x x 210 x ISS30250B Blue 14 3 / 4 x 16 1 / 2 x x 419 x ISS30128R Red 17 3 / 4 x 4 1 / 8 x x 105 x Bin 74

75 Freestyle Accessories / Freestyle Grid Baskets W x L x H Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (kg.) GB x 24 x x 610 x / GB x 18 x x 457 x GB x 14 x x 355 x GBSPRINK 5 x 12 x x 305 x GB4418R1 4 x 4 x x 102 x / GB x 10 x x 254 x / Grid Basket Hooks & Holders W x L Weight Model No.* Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) HOOK24 24" Hook with seven 6" prongs 7 x 23 3 / 4 x 6 1 / x 603 x / HOOK12 12" Hook with four 6" prongs 7 x 12 x 6 1 / x 305 x PHK Pot Hook GRSPOOD Spoodle Holder 3 x x GRSCOOP Scoop Holder 5 x x / Workstations *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y 24" Hook Spoodle Holder Scoop Holder 75

76 ISS Wire Workstations / ISS Workstations Overview ISS brand shelving can be used to create efficient and flexible wire workstations for most foodservice operations Some of the many applications include: -Prep Station -Drive-Thru Counter -Sandwich Making Stand -Mobile Equipment Stand Choose from a wide array of posts, shelves, shelf covers and accessories to customize a wire workstation that meets your needs. Our engineers can assist you with the design and component selection The strength and durability of the ISS system are ideal for most workstation applications. The shelves are rated to support 1,250 lbs of uniformly distributed static weight up to 60" in length The ISS round posts are numbered on 1" increments making assembly easy and efficient The wire workstations are available in three finishes: Plating Plus, Grey Bond and Gold Bond Prep Station with Grid Finishes for ISS Wire Workstations ISS Model No. Finish Suffix Application Description Plating Plus C Dry environments Three-step process applied to plating quality wire and steel: 1. Zinc plating; 2. Chromate seal; 3. Clear lacquer Grey Bond and E High moisture and dry environments Three-step process applied to plating quality wire and steel: Gold Bond Y 1. Zinc plating; 2. Rust inhibiting chromate seal; 3. Electrostatically applied baked-on antimicrobial polymer coating Plating Plus is warranted for one year against corrosion in dry environments Grey Bond and Gold Bond are warranted under normal use for ten years against naturally occurring corrosion Mobile Equipment Stand Assembly / Tool Bench Drive-Thru Counter Sandwich Making Station 76

77 ISS Wire Workstations / ISS Design a Workstation in four easy steps. Step 1: Posts A. Determine the overall height of the workstation and select the Rear Posts B. Order the Front Posts which will support the Counter Top C. Choose the appropriate length for Over Shelf Posts. These will attach to the countertop and support the front of the Over Shelves Posts that use Stem Casters are also available for Mobile Workstations. Rear Posts Over Shelf Post Front Post Workstations Step 2: Shelves A. Choose a Counter Top shelf in 24" or 30" width B. Add Over Shelves for additional storage and easy access to workstation components. Available in Wire and Solid Stainless Steel Over Shelf Over Shelf Post Counter Top Rear Post Front Post Step 3: Shelf Covers Add Shelf Covers to provide a solid surface Shelf Covers Step 4: Accessories Choose the accessories that maximize the function and efficiency of the Workstation Accessories Complete Unit 77

78 ISS Posts / ISS Posts Posts are grooved at every inch and numbered between grooves to make assembly easy Digital Posts For Stationary Workstations Posts are 1" (25 mm) in diameter Complete with adjustable foot levelers to compensate for uneven floors Workstations Height Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Front Post P / Rear Posts P / / P / / P / / Over Shelf Posts P / / P / / P / / Stationary Posts Digital Posts For Mobile Workstations Posts are 1" (25 mm) in diameter For use with Stem casters ( See page 45) Height Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Front Posts P34N 34 3 / Rear Posts P62N / P74N / P86N / Posts for Stem Casters *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Grey Bond Gold Bond Suffix C E Y 78

79 ISS Shelves / ISS Counter Top Shelves Engineered with six trusses for strength and to minimize shelf deflection For stationary and mobile applications Available in 24" and 30" width W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 24" Wide Shelves x x x x x x x x / x x x x x x / x x x x / " Wide Shelves x x x x x x x x / x x Counter Top Shelf 3048Y Workstations *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Grey Bond Gold Bond Suffix C E Y 79

80 ISS Shelves / ISS Wire Over Shelves Position Shelves above the workstation counter top for additional storage and easy access Shelves up to 60" long support up to 1,250 lbs (565kgs) of uniformly loaded weight Four Sure-Lock couplers are included for each shelf Workstations W x L Weight Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 14" Wide Shelves x x / x x x x x x / x x / x x x x " Wide Shelves x x / x x / x x x x x x x x x x / x x x x / " Wide Shelves x x / x x / x x x x / x x / x x x x / x x x x / '' Wide Wire Over Shelf with Plating Plus Finish 1836C *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y Solid Stainless Steel Over Shelves Solid shelving helps prevent liquid spills dripping onto counter top below 300 Series stainless steel Lifetime of rust-free performance even in the harshest environment Stainless Steel W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1824FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 18 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x FSW 24 x x Solid Stainless Steel Shelf 1848FSW 80

81 ISS Shelf Covers / ISS Stainless Steel Shelf Covers Covers are 300 Series stainless steel and fit on top of wire shelves Stainless Steel W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1830SCT 18 x x / SCT 18 x x SCT 18 x x SCT 18 x x SCT 24 x x SCT 24 x x SCT 24 x x SCT 24 x x SCT 30 x x SCT 30 x x SCT 30 x x SCT 30 x x Stainless Steel Shelf Covers Workstations Shelf Gard Polyethylene Shelf Covers Available in clear and opaque in three shelf widths Opaque Clear W x L Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 1424PSG 1424CPSG 14 x / PSG 1436CPSG 14 x / PSG 1448CPSG 14 x PSG 1460CPSG 14 x / PSG 1824CPSG 18 x / PSG 1836CPSG 18 x PSG 1848CPSG 18 x / PSG 1860CPSG 18 x PSG 2424CPSG 24 x PSG 2436CPSG 24 x / PSG 2448CPSG 24 x / PSG 2460CPSG 24 x Clear Shelf Gard Embossed Polyethylene Shelf Covers The rugged polyethylene plastic easily attaches to all shelving styles Prevents liquids, crumbs and dirt from dropping to shelves below The raised embossed design promotes air circulation in walk-in refrigerators and freezers Embossed W x L Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) AM1824P 18 x x AM1830P 18 x x / AM1836P 18 x x / AM1842P 18 x x / AM1848P 18 x x AM1860P 18 x x / AM1872P 18 x x AM2424P 24 x x / AM2430P 24 x x / AM2436P 24 x x AM2442P 24 x x / 4 1 AM2448P 24 x x / AM2460P 24 x x / AM2472P 24 x x Opaque Shelf Gard Embossed Shelf Covers 81

82 Freestyle ISS ISS Accessories / ISS Customize workstations with these accessories. Also see the Speed of Service section Hanger Bar Bar fastens to posts to hold bins Workstations Plating Plus Gold Bond L x W x H Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) BH36C BH36Y 1 1 / 2 x 36 x 3 1 / 2 38 x 914 x BH48C BH48Y 1 1 / 2 x 48 x 3 1 / 2 38 x 1219 x BH60C BH60Y 1 1 / 2 x 60 x 3 1 / 2 38 x 1524 x BH72C BH72Y 1 1 / 2 x 72 x 3 1 / 2 38 x 1829 x / Bins Attach to Hanger Bar or sit on shelf Hanger Bar BH48C L x W x H Weight Model No. Color (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ISS30230B Blue 11 x 5 1 / 2 x x 140 x ISS30230E Grey 11 x 5 1 / 2 x x 140 x ISS30235B Blue 11 x 11 x x 279 x ISS30235E Grey 11 x 11 x x 279 x ISS30240B Blue 14 3 / 4 x 8 1 / 4 x x 210 x ISS30250B Blue 14 3 / 4 x 16 1 / 2 x x 419 x ISS30128R Red 17 3 / 4 x 4 1 / 8 x x 105 x Bins Left: ISS30230B Right: ISS30235B Bin Dividers Available in black only Model No. Description Fits Bins Size (In.) ISS40120 Divides bin along width ISS30230B, ISS30230E, ISS30235B, ISS30128R width: 4.1 ISS40245 Divides bin along length ISS30240B length: 14 Wall Trax Baskets All baskets attach to Wall Trax Channel or Grid W x L x H Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) GB x 24 x x 610 x / GB x 18 x x 457 x GB x 18 x x 457 x GBSPRNK 5 x 12 x x 305 x GB4512** 5 x 12 x x 305 x GB4418R1 4 x 18 x x 457 x / GB x 10 x x 305 x / GB x 20 x x 508 x **Has slanted bottom Basket - GB18143Y Basket - GB12246Y *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y 82

83 ISS Accessories / ISS Holders W x L x H Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Bottle Holder GRBTLHD 4 x 21 x x 533 x Scoop Holder GRSCOOP 5 x 10 x x 254 x Bottle Holder *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y Scoop Holder Workstations Hooks W x L Weight Model No.* Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) HOOK24 24" Hook with seven 6" prongs 7 x 23 3 / 4 x 6 1 / x 603 x / HOOK12 12" Hook with four 6" prongs 7 x 12 x 6 1 / x 305 x PHK Pot Hook 24" Hook *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y 83

84 ISS Accessories / ISS Shelf Ledges Keeps items from falling off shelves Ledges mount to posts and can be used with all ISS shelves Height: 6" Ledges can be stacked on top of each other for additional height Workstations Fits Shelf Width Weight Model No.* or Length (In.) (Lbs.) LU / 2 LU / 2 LU / 4 LU LU / 2 LU / 2 LU LU LU / 4 LU / 2 LU Side & Back Ledges *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Plating Plus Grey Bond Gold Bond Suffix C E Y Shelf Dividers Maintain separation of goods with shelf dividers Height: 8" Length Fits Shelf Width Weight Model No.* (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SDU / / SDU / SDU / SDU / / *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus C Grey Bond E Gold Bond Y Shelf Dividers 84

85 Kelmax Equipment Stands / Kelmax Grill Stands All aluminum construction designed to hold most countertop cooking equipment Available as stationary or mobile units 24" and 30" deep tops with three 1 1 / 2" lips up on three sides: 24" high Bottom shelf is standard Casters are optional. Add suffix /MBK to model number Ships knockdown, sets up easily with an allen wrench Freight class 70 D x W x H Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) AAES2436/BS 24 1 / 2 x 36 1 / 2 x x 927 x AAES2448/BS 24 1 / 2 x 48 1 / 2 x x 1232 x AAES2460/BS 24 1 / 2 x 60 1 / 2 x x 1537 x AAES3036/BS 30 1 / 2 x 36 1 / 2 x x 927 x AAES3048/BS 30 1 / 2 x 48 1 / 2 x x 1232 x AAES3060/BS 30 1 / 2 x 60 1 / 2 x x 1537 x Mobile Grill Stand Workstations *Optional casters. Add suffix to model number. Suffix Description /MBK Casters with 2 Brakes Slicer Covers/Mixer Covers -- For better sanitation -- Heavy 12 gauge vinyl -- Standard size fits most units including Berkel and Hobart slicers -- Meets HACCP requirements L x D x H Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Slicer Covers - Fits Globe 3500/4500 Manual SC x 28 x x 711 x Slicer Covers - Fits Berkel Bizerba Hobart 1612 and 1712 SC x 28 x x 711 x Mixer Covers MC20 20 Quart 26 x 21 x x 533 x MC30 30 Quart 37 x 23 x x 584 x MC40 40 Quart 40 x 29 x x 711 x Slicer Cover SC1612 Mixer Cover MC40 85

86 AMCO Equipment Stands / AMCO Mixer Accessory Racks Save time retrieving mixer accessories, spices, etc. by using the space above and next to the mixer. Units include 24 hooks to hang accessories from side panels. Top shelves include ledges to secure stored items from accidentally falling off the wire shelf. Workstations Plating Plus Polygard W x L Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Open Top Shelf MR12436CP MR12436PG 24 x x MR12448CP MR12448PG 24 x x MR12460CP MR12460PG 24 x x Two Shelves MR22436CP MR22436PG 24 x x MR22448CP MR22448PG 24 x x MR22460CP MR22460PG 24 x x Polygard units have plated side panels and hooks. Mixer Accessory Rack with Open Top Shelf 86

87 Universal Stainless Equipment Stands / Universal Stainless Heavy Duty Equipment Tables Available in Galvanized and Stainless Steel bases Table width is 30" (762mm). Working height is 24" Optional Stainless Steel and maple cutting boards available Rear and ends are turned up 2" to contain equipment Ends are hemmed, capped, and finished to conceal bracing Available in Standard (16 Gauge top) or Spec Line (14 Gauge top) Heavy Duty Equipment Table Standard "N" Series Spec "SL" Line L x W Approx. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Cubic Ft. Stainless Bases ES-3024-S ES-SL-3024-S 24 x x ES-3036-S ES-SL-3036-S 36 x x ES-3048-S ES-SL-3048-S 48 x x ES-3060-S ES-SL-3060-S 60 x x ES-3072-S ES-SL-3072-S 72 x x ES-3096-S ES-SL-3096-S 96 x x ES S ES-SL S 108 x x ES S ES-SL S 120 x x Galvanized Bases ES-3024-G ES-SL-3024-G 24 x x ES-3036-G ES-SL-3036-G 36 x x ES-3048-G ES-SL-3048-G 48 x x ES-3060-G ES-SL-3060-G 60 x x ES-3072-G ES-SL-3072-G 72 x x ES-3096-G ES-SL-3096-G 96 x x ES G ES-SL G 108 x x ES G ES-SL G 120 x x Workstations Optional Cutting Boards for Equipment Stands Available in Stainless Steel top and Maple top L x W Approx. Model No (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Stainless Steel Top ES-CBS x x ES-CBS x x ES-CBS x x ES-CBS x x ES-CBS x x Maple Top ES-CBM x x ES-CBM x x ES-CBM x x ES-CBM x x ES-CBM x x

88 Universal Stainless Equipment Stands / Universal Stainless Mixer Stands Available in Stainless Steel or Galvanized bases Top: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Legs: 1 5 / 8" O.D. Stainless Steel tubing with adjustable bullet feet Undershelf: 18 Gauge Stainless Steel, notched to fit legs and fully welded Raised marine edge to contain equipment Optional Utensil Tree available. Add -T to model number Workstations L x W Approx. Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Cubic Ft. Stainless Steel Bases MS-24-S 24 x x MS-2430-S 24 x x MS-30-S 30 x x MS-3036-S 30 x x Galvanized Bases MS-24-G 24 x x MS-2430-G 24 x x MS-30-G 30 x x MS-3036-G 30 x x *For Utensil Tree option add -T to model number. Mixer Stand Mixer Stand with Utensil Tree Mobile Equipment Table For slicers and other low profile equipment 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel top Legs: 1 5 / 8'' O.D. Stainless Steel square tubing Contains 2 casters and 2 feet 30" working height Tubular handles on 24" side 18 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel undershelf included L x W Approx. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Cubic Ft. MET x x Mobile Equipment Table MET

89 To place an order, call your sales representative today. 89

90 ISS AMCO Kelmax Universal Stainless Wall To maximize space and efficiency, choose a partner who will go to the wall for you. Wall There s a lot that goes into any food service operation. Equipment, prep stations and staff share a crowded floor space, which is why we ve created storage systems that take advantage of unused wall space. You ll find our Wall Trax System employs innovative channels and grids that are easy to install, and accept a full line of accessories, including: Shelves in a variety of styles and sizes Baskets Bottle holders Scoop holders Monkey dish holders Plate racks Hooks All of our systems are designed so that all accessories can be moved quickly, easily and without tools or hardware. As a result, you can put everything required to do a job within easy reach of the person who s doing it. In addition, we offer a variety of fixed mount options including: ISS and AMCO wall-mount wire shelving Kelmax channel and solid aluminum wall shelves Universal Stainless shelves, pot racks, microwave racks and enclosed cabinets And it all comes in a variety of sizes to precisely fit your storage needs and the available wall space in your kitchen. Customer Service ISS AMCO Kelmax Universal Stainless Most of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit To order any of our innovative wall systems, call your sales representative today. 90

91 ISS / AMCO Wall Storage / ISS / AMCO Wall Trax System A complete wall mounted storage solution with specially engineered aluminum channel and grid system to increase efficiency. Wall Trax Channel 24" Hook Wall Trax Channel and Grid are easy to install Easily attach accessories without the need for tools or hardware All shelves can be moved by simply unhooking from grid or channel Available in three finishes, all corrosion resistant epoxy based polymer coated: -Grey Bond -Gold Bond -Polygard (Blue) NSF approved Plate Holders Wall Trax System Baskets Wall Trax Channel Order two Wall Trax toggle fasteners per foot of channel Anodized Aluminum W x L Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TRAX2A 4 x x / TRAX4A 4 x x TRAX8A 4 x x TRAXSTOPS TRAXTOG Wall Trax Channel End Caps (1ea.) Wall Trax Toggle Fasteners Wall Wall Trax Channel Wall Trax Grid Grid mounts directly to wall Brackets included Call factory for Stainless Steel options W x L Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) GRWM x x GRWM x x GRWM x x GRWM x x GRWM x x GRWM x x GRWM x x *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Grey Bond E Polygard (Blue) PG Gold Bond Y Wall Trax Grid 91

92 ISS / AMCO Wall Storage / ISS / AMCO Wall Trax System (cont'd) Wall Trax Shelves Three styles to choose from: Flat, Flat with 1 1 / 2 " lip and slanted All styles attach to Wall Trax Channel or Grid Wall W x L Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Flat Shelves GS x x GS x x GS x x GS x x GS x x GS x x Flat Shelves with Lip GSL x x GSL x x GSL x x GSL x x GSL x x GSL x x Slanted Shelves GSS x x GSS x x GSS x x GSS x x GSS x x GSS x x Flat Shelf Flat Shelf with Lip Slanted Shelf *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y Wall Trax Baskets All baskets attach to Wall Trax Channel or Grid W x L x H Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) GB x 24 x x 610 x / GB x 18 x x 457 x GB x 18 x x 457 x GBSPRNK 5 x 12 x x 305 x GB4512** 5 x 12 x x 305 x GB4418R1 4 x 18 x x 457 x / GB x 10 x x 305 x / GB x 20 x x 508 x **Has slanted bottom *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y Basket GB18143Y Basket GB12246Y 92

93 ISS / AMCO Wall Storage / ISS / AMCO Wall Trax Accessories Holders W x L x H Model No.* Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) GRBTLHD Bottle Holder 4 x 21 x x 533 x GRSCOOP Scoop Holder 5 x 10 x x 254 x DISHHOLD Monkey Dish Holder 4 x 21 x x 533 x PLATERK Plate Rack 8 1 / 4 x 8 1 / 4 x x 216 x / Bottle Holder *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y Scoop Holder Wall Monkey Dish Holder Plate Rack Hooks W x L x H Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Hanging Hooks (Attaches to Wall Trax channel or grid) HOOK24 24" Hook with seven 6" prongs 7 x 23 3 / 4 x 6 1 / x 603 x HOOK12 12" Hook with four 6" prongs 7 x 12 x 6 1 / x 305 x PHK Pot Hook Wall-Mount Hooks (Attaches directly to wall) HOOK246R2 24" Hook with seven 6" prongs 6 1 / 2 x 24 3 / 4 x 7 1 / x 629 x HOOK243R1 24" Hook with seven 3" prongs 3 1 / 2 x 24 3 / 4 x 7 1 / 4 89 x 629 x HOOK20ADJ** 20" Hook with seven 3" prongs 3 1 / 4 x 19 3 / 4 x 4 1 / 2 83 x 502 x *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. **Eyelet locations are adjustable 24" Hook Finish Grey Bond Polygard (Blue) Gold Bond Suffix E PG Y 93

94 AMCO Wall Storage / AMCO Stainless Steel Utensil Rack Provides a hygenic storage solution for utensils compared to storing in a drawer Wall hanging rack ensures easy visibility of utensils and frees up drawer storage space Made of 18/8 never-rust stainless steel Includes 20 hooks and all necessary hardware W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) x 18 x x 457 x Stainless Steel Utensil Rack Wall 94

95 ISS Wall / ISS Take advantage of wall space for additional storage Install shelving above sinks, worktables, counters and desks Choose from three ISS Wall products that support cantilever shelves Order shelves from " " section of catalog page 35 Note: Hardware not included with kits. Installer is responsible for using appropriate hardware based on wall construction to secure units to wall Wall Mount Posts Kit Posts attach directly to wall, shelves attach to posts with Sure-Lock couplers (included with shelves) Each kit includes two posts and four post brackets. Hardware for mounting the brackets to the wall not included Recommended for shelves 14" and 18" wide and up to 48" long. Select shelves from page 35 Strength rated to 60 lbs of evenly distributed static loaded weight Plating Plus Gold Bond Grey Bond Height Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) WMT14C WMT14Y WMT14E WMT34C WMT34Y WMT34E Wall Mount Posts Kit shown with 2 Shelves WMT34Y Wall Wall Mount Shelf Brackets Shelves supported by shelf bracket which attaches to wall Two single brackets support one shelf at each end. For a continuous run of shelving, adjoining shelves share double bracket Kit includes one wall mount bracket and two corner caps. Hardware for mounting to the wall not included Recommended for shelves 14" and 18" wide and any length. Suitable for ISS, AMCO and LPI brand shelves. Select shelves from " " section Strength rated to 250 lbs of evenly distributed static loaded weight Single Wall Mount Bracket WM14S Plating Plus Gold Bond Model No. Model No. Single Wall Mount Bracket WM14S WM14SY WM18S WM18SY Double Wall Mount Bracket WM14D WM14DY WM18D WM18DY Grey Bond Model No. For Shelf Width (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) WM14SE / WM18SE WM14DE WM18DE Double Wall Mount Bracket WM14D Single Wall Mount Brackets with Shelf 95

96 ISS Wall / ISS Wall Mount Posts with Shelf Brackets Posts attach directly to wall; brackets attach to posts with Sure-Lock couplers (included) and shelves are supported by brackets Supports shelving up to 24" wide and 60" long Order posts, brackets and shelves separately. (See " " for shelves) Strength rated to 250 lbs of evenly distributed static loaded weight Post Mounting Bracket Double Shelf Bracket Shelf (Order Separately) Step 1: Order Posts Posts can support one or more tiers of shelving For a continuous run of shelving, shelves share a middle post Kit includes one post and two mounting brackets. An additional center bracket is included for the 54" and 62" length posts. Hardware for mounting to wall not included Single Shelf Bracket Wall Wall Mount Posts Plating Plus Model No. PWMT14C PWMT34C PWMT54C PWMT62C Gold Bond Model No. PWMT14Y PWMT34Y PWMT54Y PWMT62Y Step 2: Order Brackets Order one Single Shelf Bracket for each end of shelf Order one Double Shelf Bracket where shelves share a common post Grey Bond Height Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) PWMT14E For one tier of shelves PWMT34E For two tiers of shelves PWMT54E For three or more tiers of shelves PWMT62E For three or more tiers of shelves Wall Mount Post PWMT14Y Single Shelf Brackets Plating Plus Model No. PWS14C1 PWS18C1 PWS24C1 Gold Bond Model No. PWS14Y1 PWS18Y1 PWS24Y1 Grey Bond For Shelf Width Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PWS14E / PWS18E PWS24E / Single Shelf Bracket PWS18Y1 Double Shelf Brackets Plating Plus Model No. PWS14C2 PWS18C2 PWS24C2 Gold Bond Model No. PWS14Y2 PWS18Y2 PWS24Y2 Grey Bond For Shelf Width Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PWS14E PWS18E / PWS24E Double Shelf Bracket PWS18Y2 96

97 AMCO Wall / AMCO Maximize wall space with AMCO wall shelving Choose from three kit sizes. One and two shelf options available AMCO II Wall Kit Kits include 1 or 2 wire shelves and one pair of brackets The weight capacity is 250 lbs of evenly distributed static load per shelving unit The distance between the two shelves is 16 1 / 2 '' Plating Plus Model No. One Shelf Kit W1236CP-1 W1248CP-1 W1836CP-1 W1848CP-1 W2136CP-1 W2148CP-1 Two Shelf Kit W1236CP-2 W1248CP-2 W1836CP-2 W1848CP-2 W2136CP-2 W2148CP-2 W x L x H (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 12 x 36 x x 915 x x 48 x x 1220 x x 36 x 21 1 / x 915 x x 48 x 21 1 / x 1220 x x 36 x 18 1 / x 915 x x 48 x 18 1 / x 1220 x x 36 x x 915 x x 48 x x 1220 x x 36 x 39 1 / x 915 x x 48 x 39 1 / x 1220 x x 36 x 36 1 / x 915 x x 48 x 36 1 / x 1220 x AMCO II Wall Kit with Two Shelves Wall AMCO Original Wall Kit with Wall Standards Kits include 1 or 2 wire shelves and one pair of Wall Standards and Fasteners The weight capacity is 250 lbs of evenly distributed static load per shelving unit The distance between the two shelves is 9 1 / 2 '' Plating Plus Model No. One Shelf Kit W1236CPSH-1 W1248CPSH-1 W1836CPSH-1 W1848CPSH-1 Two Shelf Kit W1236CPSH-2 W1248CPSH-2 W1836CPSH-2 W1848CPSH-2 W x L x H (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 12 x 36 x 11 1 / x 915 x x 48 x 11 1 / x 1220 x x 36 x 11 1 / x 915 x x 48 x 11 1 / x 1220 x x 36 x 22 1 / x 915 x x 48 x 22 1 / x 1220 x x 36 x 22 1 / x 915 x x 48 x 22 1 / x 1220 x AMCO Original Wall Kit with Wall Standards 97

98 AMCO Wall / AMCO AMCO II Cantilever Wall Cantilever style shelving available as a kit, or order posts and shelves separately Kits include 2 shelves, 2 posts, and fasteners The weight capacity is 60 lbs of evenly distributed static load per shelving unit Wall Plating Plus Model No. Two Shelf Kit AC123618CP AC124818CP AC183618CP AC184818CP Post Set Only AC18CP AC34CP AC54CP AC64CP AC72CP AC84CP Shelf Only AC1236CP AC1248CP AC1836CP AC1848CP Dimensions (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) W x L x H 12 x 36 x x 915 x x 48 x x 1220 x x 36 x x 915 x x 48 x x 1220 x Height W x L 12 x 35 7 / x x 47 7 / x x 35 7 / x x 47 7 / x AMCO II Cantilever Wall Cantilever Shelf 98

99 Kelmax Wall / Kelmax Choose from Channel or Solid Aluminum Wall Shelves Load capacity of shelf is dependent on the type of wall and mounting hardware (Mounting hardware not included) Channel Wall Shelves Aluminum channel construction Load capacity is dependent on type of wall and mounting hardware Freight class 70 # Of L xd Model No. Channels (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ASWC x x ASWC x x ASWC x x ASWC x x ASWC x x ASWC x x Optional Pot Hook Holder with Pot Hooks - Add Suffix /PR36 /PR48 /PR60 For 36" units; comes with 4 hooks For 48" units; comes with 6 hooks For 60" units; comes with 8 hooks Heavy Duty Solid Wall Shelves All welded solid wall shelves for heavier duty applications Load capacity is dependent on type of wall and mounting hardware Freight class 70 L xd Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ASWS x x ASWS x x ASWS x x ASWS x x ASWS x x ASWS x x ASWS x x Optional Pot Hook Holder with Pot Hooks - Add Suffix /PR36 /PR48 /PR60 For 36" units; comes with 4 hooks For 48" units; comes with 6 hooks For 60" units; comes with 8 hooks Channel Wall Shelf ASWC1836 Heavy Duty Solid Wall Shelf with Pot Hook Holder and Pot Hooks ASWS1860/PH60 Wall Solid Wall Shelves-Knock Down Solid aluminum construction Load capacity is dependent on type of wall and mounting hardware Unit ships knock down L xd Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Aluminum-Wall Shelves Knockdown ASWS1224/KD 24 x x ASWS1236/KD 36 x x ASWS1248/KD 48 x x ASWS1260/KD 60 x x Aluminum Microwave Shelves ASWS1824/KD 24 x x ASWS2424/KD 24 x x Solid Wall Shelf ASWS1236/KD Microwave Shelf ASWS1824/KD 99

100 Universal Stainless Wall / Universal Stainless Wall Shelves with Sides Turned Down Manufactured from 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel with rear turned up 2" Front and sides are formed down 1 1 / 2 " at 90 degrees and back 1 / 2 " at 45 degrees Includes wall shelf brackets made from 16 Gauge Stainless Steel Brackets are shipped loose for ease of wall stud location Shelf ends can be turned up 2" (Use U in place of D when ordering, example WSU-2410) Wall Shelf with Sides Turned Down Wall Model No. 10" Wide 12" Wide 14" wide 16" Wide Length (254mm) (305mm) (356mm) (406mm) (In.) (mm.) WSD-2410 WSD-2412 WSD-2414 WSD WSD-3610 WSD-3612 WSD-3614 WSD WSD-4810 WSD-4812 WSD-4814 WSD WSD-6010 WSD-6012 WSD-6014 WSD WSD-7210 WSD-7212 WSD-7214 WSD WSD-8410 WSD-8412 WSD-8414 WSD WSD-9610 WSD-9612 WSD-9614 WSD WSD WSD WSD WSD WSD WSD WSD WSD Weight: 3 Lbs. (1.4 Kilos) Weight: 4 Lbs. (1.8 Kilos) Weight: 5 Lbs. (2.3 Kilos) Weight: 6 Lbs. (2.7 Kilos) Per Linear Ft. Per Linear Ft. Per Linear Ft. Per Linear Ft. Microwave Shelves Manufactured from 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Front formed down 1 1 / 2" at 90 degrees and back 1 / 2" at 45 degrees L x W Approx. Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MWS x x MWS x x Microwave Shelf 100

101 Universal Stainless Wall / Universal Stainless Wall Mount Double Rail Pot Racks All welded construction Choose from 4' to 10' lengths Pot rack bars fabricated from 3 / 16 " x 2" flat bar Stainless Steel Stainless Steel pot hooks supplied, two every 12" Length App. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Cubic Ft. PR-WD-36-S PR-WD-48-S PR-WD-60-S PR-WD-72-S PR-WD-84-S PR-WD-96-S PR-WD-108-S PR-WD-120-S Double Rail Pot Rack Wall Shelves with Pot Racks Manufactured from 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Pot rack is 3 / 16" x 2" Stainless Steel flat bar welded to shelf brackets Stainless Steel pot hooks supplied, one every 12" W x L Approx. Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Cubic Ft. WSP x x WSP x x WSP x x WSP x x WSP x x WSP x x WSP x x Wall Shelf with Pot Rack Wall Wall Mount Rack Shelf L x W Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. WMRS x x WMRS x x WMRS x x Wall Mount Rack Shelf 101

102 Universal Stainless Wall Cabinets / Universal Stainless Wall Cabinets Maximize space with wall mounted cabinets 18 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel body, shelves and doors (if applicable) Top sloped for cleaning ease Unit features intermediate shelf L x W x H Approx. Model No (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Cubic Ft. Open Front CWO-3 36 x 15 x x 381 x CWO-4 48 x 15 x x 381 x CWO-5 60 x 15 x x 381 x CWO-6 72 x 15 x x 381 x Hinged Doors CWH-3 36 x 15 x x 381 x CWH-4 48 x 15 x x 381 x CWH-5 60 x 15 x x 381 x Wall Cabinet with Open Front Wall Wall Cabinet with Hinged Doors 102

103 To place an order, call your sales representative today. 103

104 ISS Speed of Service We can help you find a window of opportunity in your drive-thru service. In a drive-thru operation, every square inch and split second counts. Industry studies have shown that a mere ten-second improvement in speed of service can result in a 1% increase in revenue. But to achieve this, you need to overcome significant obstacles. Tight, cluttered, unorganized spaces. A large number of items needed right at hand, such as condiments, paper goods, equipment and more. Obstructions that can come between your staff and your customers. And if you manage a chain of stores, a wide variety of store layouts. Together or individually, each of these can impact costs, speed of service and accuracy of your staff. On the following pages, you ll find an array of components designed to: Increase productivity Improve order accuracy Assure customer satisfaction Reduce staffing requirements From drink order stagers to mobile condiment carts, everything you need to increase the efficiency and productivity of your workstations can be found on the following pages and you ll find a selection of extraordinary workstations starting on page 64. Customer Service ISS Speed of Service Most of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit To order ISS drive-thru system components, call your sales representative today. 104

105 ISS Drive-Thru Workstation Components / ISS Customize a Drive-Thru station with products designed to increase efficiency. Use with existing equipment or create a customized workstation with the FreeStyle System or ISS Wire. (See Workstations section) Condiment Towers A proven system to speed customers through at the counter and the drive through window Gravity-fed bins keep condiments organized and deliver firstin, first-out inventory control Kit includes two 29" gray posts, two 15" gray posts, 3-sided frame, 18" hanger bar, five 3-way bins and straw holder Towers come in 2 lengths (18" and 24") and two order flow options (left to right is "R" model; right to left is "L" model) Strong, wear resistant ABS plastic W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 18" Length CONDTOW18L 24 1 / 2 x 18 1 / 2 x 30 1 / x 470 x CONDTOW18R 24 1 / 2 x 18 1 / 2 x 30 1 / x 470 x " Length CONDTOW24L 24 1 / 2 x 24 1 / 2 x 30 1 / x 622 x CONDTOW24R 24 1 / 2 x 24 1 / 2 x 30 1 / x 622 x Condiment Tower - CONDTOW24L (Shown with Order Stager - ORDSTAGL, Divider Bar Holder - ODHESE, and Divider Bars - OD9BL; all sold separately) Mobile Condiment Cart When space is limited select this mobile cart Roll it to the drive-through window during peak serving times Roll it to the storage area to refill condiments Low enought to use under front counters Gravity-fed, first-in, first-out inventory control assures product freshness W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) CONDDPSS 24 x 18 x x 457 x Speed of Service Condiment Bins Install on walls with Bin Frame or ISS Wall Trax Channel (See Wall section). Can also be attached to shelving units with a hanger bar Bins provide first-in, first-out inventory control, ease of serving, fingertip accessibility and reduced errors ABS plastic Order bins and frames individually, or order 5 Bin Kit Kit includes 5 Condiment Bins, two 14" high Grey Bond Posts and Wall Brackets, and one hanger bar Mobile Condiment Cart CONDDPSS W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Single Condiment Bin DT3BINE 15 x 4 3 / 4 x 14 1 / x 121 x / 4 1 Condiment Bin Frame - Holds 2 Bins CBF2E 15 x 10 x 14 1 / x 254 x Condiment Bin Frame - Holds 3 Bins CBF3E 15 x 14 x 14 1 / x 356 x Bin Wall Mounting Kit WST594E 25 x 48 1 / 2 x x x Condiment Bins - DT3BINE 2-Bin frame CBF2E 5 Bin Wall Mounting Kit WST594E 105

106 ISS Drive-Thru Workstation Components / ISS Order Stager Countertop organizer keeps orders separated and in proper sequence Order flow is right to left Includes 3 divider bars and Divider Bar Holder (not shown in photo) W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ORDSTAGL 21 1 / 4 x 30 x x 762 x / Order Stager ORDSTAGL Drink Stager Choose from 2 kits: DSTAGE includes wire frame, plastic tray, 4 drink dividers, drink carrier holder and straw holder. DSRE includes wire frame, plastic tray and 4 drink dividers W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) DSTAGE 5 3 / 4 x 22 1 / 2 x 5 3 / x 572 x / / 2 DSRE 23 3 / 4 x 7 3 / 4 x 6 1 / x x Drink Stager DSRE Drink Carrier Holder Can be wall mounted or hung from Drink Stager frame Speed of Service W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) DCHESE 7 x 9 1 / 2 x 11 1 / x 241 x / Straw Holder Choose from Post Mount and Wall Mount The Wall Mount can also be hung from Drink Stager frame Drink Carrier Holder DCHESE W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Straw Holder - Post Mount SHPMESE 2 1 / 4 x 11 3 / 4 x 5 57 x 299 x / Straw Holder - Wall Mount SHWMESE 2 1 / 4 x 11 3 / 4 x 5 57 x 299 x / Divider Bars and Holder W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Divider Bar - 1 Each OD9BL 3 / 4 x 11 3 / 4 x 3 / 4 19 x 299 x 19 1 / Divider Bar Holder ODHESE 2 1 / 4 x 1 3 / 4 x 3 57 x 260 x 76 3 / Straw Holder SHWESE Divider Bar - OD9BL and Divider Bar Holder - ODHESE 106

107 To place an order, call your sales representative today. 107

108 Racks & Specialty Storage Kelmax AMCO ISS LPI Equipment designed to help you rack up greater profits in a high-volume operation. When it comes to managing and operating a smooth, successful and profitable operation, every second counts. Essential to achieving speed and efficiency is working with the right tools equipment designed to accomplish the wide variety of tasks required to run a high-volume, highly efficient foodservice operation. In the following section, you ll find a huge variety of racks and specialty storage products from Kelmax, AMCO, LPI and ISS that includes: Pan racks Oven racks Tray storage Specialty racks Can storage Wine & beer storage Security units Within each of these product categories, you ll also find a wide range of styles and sizes so you can select the products that fit the unique needs of your operations. All of our equipment is built with high quality materials to exacting standards for enduring performance. And it s all available from a single, reliable source. So take a look at the racks and specialty storage products on the following pages and see how they can help maximize speed and efficiency in your high-volume foodservice operation. Customer Service Kelmax AMCO ISS LPI Racks & Specialty Storage Most of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit Call your sales representative to order any of the versatile racks and specialty storage products in this section. 108

109 Kelmax Pan Racks / Kelmax Aluminum Standard Duty Pan Racks Heavy duty runners,.078'' thick runners Reinforced gussets standard, 5'' Poly U swivel stem casters Lifetime guarantee against rust Freight class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) End Load APR x 21 x x 533 x APR x 21 x x 533 x APR x 21 x x 533 x APR1818-3/ x 21 x x 533 x APR x 21 x x 533 x APR x 21 x x 533 x Side Load APR x 29 x x 457 x APR x 29 x x 457 x APR x 29 x x 457 x APR1826-3/ x 29 x x 457 x APR x 29 x x 457 x Aluminum Half Size Pan Racks Available with 304 Series 16 gauge Stainless Steel Top, Aluminum Top or Poly Top 5" Poly U swivel stem casters Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Open Top APR1018-3/ x 21 x x 533 x APR618-5/ x 21 x x 533 x Stainless Steel Top APR1018-3/38/SST x 21 x x 533 x APR618-5/38/SST x 21 x x 533 x Poly Top APR1018-3/38/PT x 21 x x 533 x APR618-5/38/PT x 21 x x 533 x Half Size Pan Rack Options Model No. /AT /SST /PT /SB Description Aluminum Top For Half Size Racks Stainless Steel Top Shelf Poly Cutting Board Top Solid Base Reinforced Socket Aluminum Half Size Pan Rack with Open Top APR1018-3/38 Aluminum Standard Duty Pan Rack APR Aluminum Half Size Pan Rack with Stainless Steel Top APR1018-3/38/SST Racks & Specialty Storage Economy Knockdown Pan Racks Knockdown great for light duty Reinforced construction at stress points All models are End Load only 5" swivel stem casters Freight class 70 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) APRE1218-5/KDA x 21 x x 533 x APRE /KDA / 2 26 x 21 x x 533 x APRE1818-3/65/KDA x 21 x x 533 x APRE2018-3/KDA x 21 x x 533 x Economy Knock Down Pan Rack APRE2018-3/KDA 109

110 Kelmax Pan Racks / Kelmax Stainless Steel Pan Racks gauge stainless steel construction For the toughest jobs Optional gauge stainless steel top; add suffix /SST 5'' Poly U swivel stem caster Freight Class 200 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) End Load SPR x 21 x x 533 x SPR x 21 x x 533 x SPR x 21 x x 533 x SPR1818-3/ x 21 x x 533 x SPR x 21 x x 533 x SPR x 21 x x 533 x Side Load SPR x 18 x x 457 x SPR x 18 x x 457 x Stainless Steel Half Size Pan Racks Half size units are 38'' work height Units work as well as spanner table Freight Class 200 Stainless Steel Pan Rack SPR Racks & Specialty Storage Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Open Top SPR1018-3/ x 21 x x 533 x SPR618-5/ x 21 x x 533 x Stainless Steel Top SPR1018-3/38/SST x 21 x x 533 x SPR618-5/38/SST x 21 x x 533 x Stainless Steel Pan Rack Options Model No. Description /PCSS Plate Casters Lot For Stainless Steel Racks - 5" x 1 1 / 2 " Poly U Swivel Plate Casters /BK Casters With Locking Brakes (2) /VB Vertical Bumpers /TGSS Tray Guard Stainless Rack /SST Stainless Steel Top Shelf /PT Poly Cutting Board Top 110

111 Kelmax Pan Racks / Kelmax Aluminum Heavy Duty Racks.100" thick runner All welded construction 5" Poly U swivel plate casters 1 1 / 4" heavy wall uprights Heavy duty wheel channel Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) APR1818-3/65ED x 21 x x 533 x APR2018-3ED x 21 x x 533 x Aluminum Heavy Duty Rack APR2018-3ED/VB Aluminum Pan Rack Options For standard duty and heavy duty pan racks Model No. Description /PCAA Plate Casters Lot For Aluminum Racks - 5" x 1 1 / 2 " Poly U Swivel Plate Casters /BK Locking Brakes (2) /VB Vertical Bumpers /B Corner Bumpers (4) - (Only Available With Plate Casters On Solid Base) /SBCB Solid Base Continuous Bumper /TGAL Tray Guard Aluminum Rack /SB Solid Base Racks & Specialty Storage 111

112 Kelmax Pan Racks / Kelmax Standard Duty Universal Pan Racks 1" square Aluminum uprights 3 1 / 4" runner for steam table and sheet pans 5" Poly U swivel stem casters Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) APRUE x 21 x x 533 x APRUE1118-5/ x 21 x x 533 x APRUE1818-3/ x 21 x x 533 x APRUE x 21 x x 533 x Standard Duty Universal Pan Rack APRUE Universal Pan Racks for Oval Trays Rack designed to hold 18" x 26" pans, 12" x 20" steam table pans and oval trays Runners are 6 3 / 8" wide Unit holds the trays from the bottom 65" high unit can be used in most roll-in boxes Holds 2 steam table pans per shelf Unit has 1 1 / 4" square tubular uprights and 5" x 1 1 / 2" plate casters standard Freight Class 300 Racks & Specialty Storage Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) APRUW / 2 x 25 1 / 2 x 72 1 / x 635 x APRUW / 2 x 25 1 / 2 x 72 1 / x 635 x / 2 APRUW1123-5/ / 2 x 25 1 / 2 x x 635 x APRUW / 2 x 25 1 / 2 x x 635 x Adjustable Universal Pan Racks Adjustment on 1 1 / 2" centers Heavy duty channel uprights Holds oval tray sheet pans, roasting pans and steam table pans on 6 3 / 8" wide runners 5" Poly U plate casters: 2 swivel w/brakes and 2 rigid Two sizes: 65" or 71" high Solid base standard Freight Class 300 Universal Pan Rack for Oval Trays APRUW1023-6/ Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) APR-AU x 26 7 / 8 x x 685 x APR-AU x 26 7 / 8 x x 685 x Additional Runners /ADJRUNNER PER EACH Adjustable Universal Pan Rack APR-AU-69

113 Kelmax Pan Racks / Kelmax Insert Racks for Freezers and Coolers Fits most reach-ins with 21'' door clearance Available Knockdown (/KD) Standard runner holds 18'' x 26'' Pans (APR Models) Universal runner holds both Steam Table Pans 12'' x 20'' and Sheet Pans 18'' x 26'' (APRUE Models) Freight Class 300; Knockdown Freight Class 70 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) For Half Size Units APR718/23NC/KD x 21 x x 533 x APRUE718/23NC x 21 x x 533 x For Full Size Units APR1618/51NC/KD x 21 x x 533 x APRUE1618/51NC x 21 x x 533 x Insert Rack for Full Size Unit APR1618/51NC Steam Table Pan Racks Holds steam table pans only 5'' Poly U swivel stem casters Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Holds 1 Pan Per Ledge By The Side Edge APSTR x 17 x x 406 x APSTR x 17 x x 406 x APSTR-10/ x 17 x x 406 x Holds 2 Pans Deep Per Ledge By The Ends - Side Load APSTRD x 24 x x 610 x APSTRD x 24 x x 610 x Holds Steam Table Pans APSTRDW x 29 x x 737 x Nesting Pan Racks Saves space by 40% Save labor by pushing 6 empty units at one time Heavy duty construction 5'' Poly U swivel stem casters Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) End Load APRN x 21 x x 533 x APRN1818-3/ x 21 x x 533 x APRN x 21 x x 533 x Side Load APRN x 29 x x 737 x APSTR-15 APSTRDW-20 Steam Table Pan Racks Nest 10 Racks in the space of 6 Standard Racks Racks & Specialty Storage 113

114 Kelmax Pan Racks / Kelmax Channel Pan Racks Holds the pans by the edge Great for use in bakery Allows for varied spacing in the same rack 5'' Poly U swivel stem casters Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) End Load ACHR2018/ / 2 27 x 21 x x 540 x ACHR / 2 27 x 21 x x 540 x Side Load ACHR / 2 27 x 21 x x 540 x Channel Pan Rack ACHR4018 Rack Covers for Standard Pan Racks Clear 12 gauge PVC vinyl with reinforced top Flexible to zero degrees Custom sizes available Preserve freshness and sanitation of the product and reduce dehydration 2 full zippers Meets HACCP requirements Racks & Specialty Storage D x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) For 69" (1753MM) High Racks - End Load RC62/RT 28 x 23 x x 584 x / 2 2 For 65" (1651MM) High Racks - End Load RC58/RT 28 x 23 x x 584 x / 2 2 For 38" (965MM) High Racks - End Load RC33/RT 28 x 23 x x 584 x / Freezer Rack Covers Two heavy duty self correcting zippers Reinforced tear resistant material Ships via UPS D x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) For 69" (1753MM) High Racks - End Load FRC62 28 x 23 x x 584 x For 65" (1651MM) High Racks - End Load FRC58 28 x 23 x x 584 x For 38" (965MM) High Racks - End Load FRC33 28 x 23 x x 584 x / 2 2 Rack Cover for Standard Pan Rack RC62/RT Freezer Rack Cover FRC62 114

115 Kelmax Pan Racks / Kelmax Solid Side "Speed Racks" Increases speed and versatility with openings on both ends Can hold poly food boxes as well as sheet pans Tray spacing on 1" or 1 1 / 2" spacing 5 x 1 1 / 2" plate casters; APRSS units have expandable stem casters Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Solid Top & Solid Bottom End Load - 1.5" Spacing APSR1618/ / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x APSR / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x APSR / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x Open Top & Open Bottom End Load - 1.5" Spacing APRSS / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x APRSS / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x Open Top & Open Bottom End Load - 1.5" Spacing APRSS x 22 x x 559 x APRSS x 22 x x 559 x Solid Side ''Speed Rack'' APSR4018 Racks & Specialty Storage 115

116 Kelmax Pan Racks / Kelmax Enclosed Cabinets Great for areas where cabinets will be in public view such as hospital hallways or dining halls Tray spacing on 1'' or 1 1 / 2'' spacing All welded units with double pan top Door opens 270 degrees on stainless steel hinges Stainless steel gravity latch is drilled for padlock Heavy duty models (ECH) have reinforced center supports and 5'' x 2'' casters standard Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) End Load - 1.5" Spacing EC / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x EC / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x EC / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x EC / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x End Load - Heavy Duty - 1.5" Spacing ECH / 2 28 x 22 x x 559 x Side Load - 1.5" Spacing EC / 2 20 x 31 x x 787 x End Load - Heavy Duty - 1" Spacing ECH x 22 x x 559 x Enclosed Cabinet EC4018 Racks & Specialty Storage Standard Versa Cabinets Very versatile non-insulated cabinets. Holds sheet pans, steam table pans, 14" x 18" and 18" x 26" trays and round trays Holds trays by the bottom, similar to pan racks The ECMU models are extra deep to hold two 14" x 18" trays Modular decking allows for varying runner spacing. Cabinets can be configured to hold your trays, based on standard spacing of 3", 4", 5", and 6" Units are welded with double pan top Door opens 270 degrees on stainless steel hinges Gravity latch is drilled for padlock Freight Class 300 Model No. Tray Spacing D x L x H Cap. (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) End Load / 8 " Runners - Sheet Pans ECM / 8 x 21 3 / 8 x 72 1 / x 559 x ECM / 8 x 21 3 / 8 x 72 1 / x 559 x End Load / 4 " Runners - Steam Table Pans, Sheet Pans, 14" x 18" Trays ECMU / 8 x 21 3 / 8 x 72 1 / x 559 x ECMU / 8 x 21 3 / 8 x 72 1 / x 559 x " Tray Guides are Non-Tilt Design Enclosed Cabinet and Versa Cabinet Options Versa cabinet with optional clear door Model No. Description /BK Caster Brakes /DL Open Door Latch /CB Full Perimeter Bumper /6S 6" Heavy Duty Poly U Swivel Plate Casters /CD Clear Door 116

117 Kelmax Oven Racks / Kelmax Oven racks are available for a number of oven types, including Revent, Baxter, Adamatic, Lucks and Bakers Aid For Hobart oven racks contact factory Racks accommodate three common lift types Units include rack, lift and high temperature casters Overall rack height is specified for each model on following pages Kelmax Oven Rack Guide Common Lift Types Runner Spacing A Lift Rack Height is from the top of the rack to the bottom of the casters, excluding the lift B Lift Runners C Lift Additional Lift Types Roller Top Pin Bottom Racks & Specialty Storage Side Load End Load High Temperature Caster Kelmax has the best HighTemperature Oven Caster on the market. 117

118 Kelmax Oven Racks / Kelmax C-Lift Oven Racks for Adamatic and Revent Rack height is 73" Available in aluminum and stainless steel Freight class 300 Adamatic Revent Adamatic Revent Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Steel Stainless Steel No Of Spacing Model No. Model No. Model No. Model No. Runners (In.) Side Load APR1026-6/AORC APR1026-6/RORC SPR1026-6/AORC SPR1026-6/RORC 10 6 APR1226-5/AORC APR1226-5/RORC SPR1226-5/AORC SPR1226-5/RORC 12 5 APR1526-4/AORC APR1526-4/RORC SPR1526-4/AORC SPR1526-4/RORC 15 4 APR2026-3/AORC APR2026-3/RORC SPR2026-3/AORC SPR2026-3/RORC 20 3 End Load APR1018-6/AORC APR1018-6/RORC SPR1018-6/AORC SPR1018-6/RORC 10 6 APR1218-5/AORC APR1218-5/RORC SPR1218-5/AORC SPR1218-5/RORC 12 5 APR1518-4/AORC APR1518-4/RORC SPR1518-4/AORC SPR1518-4/RORC 15 4 APR2018-3/AORC APR2018-3/RORC SPR2018-3/AORC SPR2018-3/RORC 20 3 Double Side Load APRD0826-7/AORC APRD0826-7/RORC SPRD0826-7/AORC SPRD0826-7/RORC 8 7 APRD1026-6/AORC APRD1026-6/RORC SPRD1026-6/AORC SPRD1026-6/RORC 10 6 APRD1226-5/AORC APRD1226-5/RORC SPRD1226-5/AORC SPRD1226-5/RORC 12 5 APRD1526-4/AORC APRD1526-4/RORC SPRD1526-4/AORC SPRD1526-4/RORC 15 4 APRD2026-3/AORC APRD2026-3/RORC SPRD2026-3/AORC SPRD2026-3/RORC 20 3 C-Lift Racks & Specialty Storage A-Lift Oven Racks for Revent Rack height is 71 1 / 2" Available in aluminum and stainless steel Freight class 300 Revent Revent Aluminum Stainless Steel No. Of Spacing Model No. Model No. Runners (In.) Side Load APR1026-6/ROR SPR1026-6/ROR 10 6 APR1226-5/ROR SPR1226-5/ROR 12 5 APR1526-4/ROR SPR1526-4/ROR 15 4 APR2026-3/ROR SPR2026-3/ROR 20 3 End Load APR1018-6/ROR SPR1018-6/ROR 10 6 APR1218-5/ROR SPR1218-5/ROR 12 5 APR1518-4/ROR SPR1518-4/ROR 15 4 APR2018-3/ROR SPR2018-3/ROR 20 3 Double Side Load APRD0826-7/ROR SPRD0826-7/ROR 8 7 APRD1026-6/ROR SPRD1026-6/ROR 10 6 APRD1226-5/ROR SPRD1226-5/ROR 12 5 APRD1526-4/ROR SPRD1526-4/ROR 15 4 APRD2026-3/ROR SPRD2026-3/ROR 20 3 A-Lift 118

119 Kelmax Oven Racks / Kelmax B-Lift Oven Racks for Baxter Rack height is 69 5 / 8'' Specify if the oven is a single (Advantage I Oven) or Double (Advantage II Oven) Available in aluminum and stainless steel Freight class 300 Baxter Aluminum Baxter Stainless Steel No. Of Spacing Oven Model No. Model No. Runners (In.) Type Side Load APR1026-6/BXORB SPR1026-6/BXORB 10 6 S / D APR1226-5/BXORB SPR1226-5/BXORB 12 5 S / D APR1526-4/BXORB SPR1526-4/BXORB 15 4 S / D APR2026-3/BXORB SPR2026-3/BXORB 20 3 S / D SPR3026-2/BXORB 30 2 S / D End Load APR1018-6/BXORB SPR1018-6/BXORB 10 6 S / D APR1218-5/BXORB SPR1218-5/BXORB 12 5 S / D APR1518-4/BXORB SPR1518-4/BXORB 15 4 S / D APR2018-3/BXORB SPR2018-3/BXORB 20 3 S / D Double Side Load APRD0826-7/BXORB SPRD0826-7/BXORB 8 7 D APRD1026-6/BXORB SPRD1026-6/BXORB 10 6 D APRD1226-5/BXORB SPRD1226-5/BXORB 12 5 D APRD1526-4/BXORB SPRD1526-4/BXORB 15 4 D APRD2026-3/BXORB SPRD2026-3/BXORB 20 3 D B-Lift Aluminum B-Lift Oven Racks for Bakers Aid and Lucks Rack heights: Bakers Aid 69 3 / 4'' and Lucks 70 3 / 4'' Freight class 300 Bakers Aid Lucks No. Of Spacing Model No. Model No. Runners (In.) Side Load APR1026-6/BAORB APR1026-6/LORB 10 6 APR1226-5/BAORB APR1226-5/LORB 12 5 APR1526-4/BAORB APR1526-4/LORB 15 4 APR2026-3/BAORB APR2026-3/LORB 20 3 End Load APR1018-6/BAORB APR1018-6/LORB 10 6 APR1218-5/BAORB APR1218-5/LORB 12 5 APR1518-4/BAORB APR1518-4/LORB 15 4 APR2018-3/BAORB APR2018-3/LORB 20 3 Double Side Load APRD0826-7/BAORB APRD0826-7/LORB 8 7 APRD1026-6/BAORB APRD1026-6/LORB 10 6 APRD1226-5/BAORB APRD1226-5/LORB 12 5 APRD1526-4/BAORB APRD1526-4/LORB 15 4 APRD2026-3/BAORB APRD2026-3/LORB 20 3 Racks & Specialty Storage 119

120 Kelmax Oven Racks / Kelmax Pin Bottom Oven Racks for Bakers Aid (for Bottom Carousel Style Ovens) Rack height is 68 1 / 8'' Freight class 300 Bakers Aid No. Of Spacing Model No. Runners (In.) Side Load APR1026-6/BAOR-PIN 10 6 APR1226-5/BAOR-PIN 12 5 APR1526-4/BAOR-PIN 15 4 APR2026-3/BAOR-PIN 20 3 APR3026-2/BAOR-PIN 30 2 End Load APR1018-6/BAOR-PIN 10 6 APR1218-5/BAOR-PIN 12 5 APR1518-4/BAOR-PIN 15 4 APR2018-3/BAOR-PIN 20 3 Oven Rack Options Model No. CSW415HT 415HT CSW415HT/SS /TGAL Description 4" x 1 1 / 2 " High Temp Oven Caster High Temp Wheel Only 4" x 1 1 / 2 " High Temp Oven Caster On Stainless Steel Rig Tray Guard Aluminum Rack Racks & Specialty Storage High Temp Oven Caster on Stainless Steel Rig CSW415 HT/SS 120

121 AMCO Tray Storage / AMCO Tray Slide Module Perfect for taking advantage of the space above shelves in reach-in or walk-in refrigerators Ideal for standing alone on worktables, above deck ovens or for use in preparation areas Turn the tray slide module on its side for storing cutting boards below the worktables Comes complete with plastic ties to secure to wire shelves One piece design with eight slides Gray epoxy coated heavy-duty wire Gray Epoxy Spacing W x D x H Model No. (In.) (Mm.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TSM8GR 1 1 / x 22 1 / 4 x x 565 x Tray Slide Module TSM8GR Steam Table Pan Rack Use as stand alone on wortables or attach to wire shelves Ideal for reach-in or walk-in refrigerators Module has 8 slides 1 1 / 2" on center Plating Plus W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TSSTC 22 1 / 4 x 15 5 / 8 x x 397 x TSM8GR Steam Table Pan Rack TSSTC Tray Slides Great for taking advantage of the cubic space above wire shelves to store bun pans or trays Tray slides adjust to accommodate odd tray sizes Verical spacing between slides: 1 1 / 4" Width per slide 1 7 / 8" on each side For 18", 21" and 24" wide shelving 12 tray capacity Plating Plus Polygard W x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ATS18CP ATS18PG 13 3 / 8 x 21 3 / x / Tray Slide ATS18PG Racks & Specialty Storage 121

122 AMCO Tray Storage / AMCO Tray Modules Excellent for holding serving trays or insulated feeding trays for drying and storage Modules clip onto shelves (clips included) Modules can be combined to fit entire length of shelf Polygard Spacing Tray W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) Cap. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TM181PG 1 3 / / 2 x 16 1 / 2 x x 419 x / TM241PG 1 9 / / 2 x 22 1 / 2 x x 572 x / TM182PG 3 3 / / 2 x 16 1 / 2 x x 419 x / TM242PG 3 7 / / 2 x 22 1 / 2 x x 572 x / Tray Modules Left: TM242PG Right: TM241PG Tray modules can be combined and attached over the entire length of most wire shelves. The chart below lists the number of modules to order for various size wire shelves. Shelf Length TM181PG TM241PG (In.) TM182PG TM242PG Racks & Specialty Storage Tray Modules Mobile Unit Space saving cart for storing trays Each cart consists of 4 shelves, 4 posts, four 5" CM5M swivel casters, 4 donut bumpers and tray modules to fill each shelf tray Tray module is TM241PG. Spacing is 1 9 / 16" is 24" wide, 77" high Polygard Tray Length Model No. Cap. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TM2448PG TM2460PG TM2472PG Tray Modules Mobile Unit TM2472PG 122

123 AMCO Tray Storage / AMCO Jumbo Tray Storage Module Great for large tray storage demands Has 35 tray slides Two smaller trays can be stored in each slide to deliver an enormous 70-tray capacity in 48'' Modules fit the channels of 24'' x 48'' shelves Gray Epoxy Spacing Tray Capacity W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TM12448GRX / 2 x 45 x 5 1 / x 1143 x Jumbo Tray Storage Module TM12448GRX Jumbo Tray Storage Mobile Unit Ideal for drying and storage Trays can be loaded in ware washing area and then rolled to serving line Half size tray capacity 210; full size tray capacity 105 Unit consists of 4 shelves, posts and 3 jumbo tray modules Includes 4 AC7B 5" swivel casters and bumpers Gray epoxy coated Gray Epoxy W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TM1188GRMOAC7 24 x 48 x x 1220 x Racks & Specialty Storage Jumbo Tray Storage Mobile Unit TM1188GRMOAC7 123

124 ISS Tray Storage / ISS Two Piece Tray Slides Sold in pairs Plating Plus Gold Bond W x L Slide Spacing Fits Shelf Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) TR3C TR3Y 14½ x 22 3 / x 577 1½ TR5C TR5Y 20 x 22 3 / x 577 1½ Two Piece Tray Slides TR5Y One Piece Undershelf Drawer Slides Accommodates 17 1 / 2" drawers Plating Plus Gold Bond W x D x H Fits Shelf Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) USS4C USS4Y 22 x x 457 x USS5C USS5Y 22 x 21 x x 533 x Universal Racks Accommodates full and half size sheet pans, 17 1 / 2" drawers, or a combination Plating Plus Gold Bond W x D x H Fits Shelf Accommodates Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) # Pans # Drawers UNIV5TRC2 UNIV5TRY2 20 x 20½ x 15 3 / x 521 x UNIV5TRC UNIV5TRY 20 x 20½ x 22 3 / x 521 x One Piece Undershelf Drawer Slides USS5Y (with drawer D0226) Racks & Specialty Storage One Piece Undershelf Racks Accommodates half size pans Plating Plus Gold Bond W x D x H Fits Shelf Accom. # Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) Half Size Pans USS5TRC USS5TRY 16 x 20 x x 470 x Universal Rack UNIV5TRY One Piece Undershelf Rack USS5TRY Adjustable Slide Kit Plating Plus Dimensions Model No. (In.) (mm.) ADS24CKIT Adjustable Slide Kit ADS24CKIT (with drawer D0226)

125 AMCO Specialty Racks / AMCO Mobile Stacking Basket Unit Bulk storage units are versatile and mobile Models SB5 and SB6 consist of 3 ea. 18'' baskets, 1 ea. 20'' basket, and a dolly. Each 48'' basket includes 1 ea. divider Models SB7 and SB8 consist of 2 ea. 16'' baskets, 1 ea. 18'' basket, 1 ea. 20'' basket, and a dolly. Each 48'' basket includes 1 ea. divider Gray Epoxy W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SB / 4 x 24 1 / 4 x x 616 x SB / 4 x 48 1 / 2 x x 1232 x SB / 4 x 24 1 / 4 x x 616 x SB / 4 x 48 1 / 2 x x 1232 x Mobile Stacking Basket Unit SB7 Stacking Basket Components Baskets, dividers & dollies sold separately for customization Baskets can be wall mounted. Wall bracket included Gray Epoxy W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Baskets ASB1624GR 16 x 24 x 9 1 / x 610 x ASB1824GR 18 x 24 x 9 1 / x 610 x ASB2024GR 20 x 24 x 9 1 / x 610 x ASB1648GR 16 x 48 x 9 1 / x 1219 x ASB1848GR 18 x 48 x 9 1 / x 1219 x ASB2048GR 20 x 48 x 9 1 / x 1219 x Gray Epoxy W x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Dividers ASBD16 16 x 8 3 / x ASBD18 18 x 8 3 / x ASBD20 20 x 8 3 / x Plating Plus W x L Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Dollies* SBD2024CP 20 1 / 4 x 24 1 / x SBD2048CP 20 1 / 4 x 48 1 / x *4'' dia. hard rubber swivel casters. Caster capacity 125 lbs each. Stacking Basket ASB2024GR Racks & Specialty Storage 125

126 Kelmax Specialty Racks / Kelmax Poly Food Box Racks Ideal for transporting and holding Poly Food Boxes from the service area to the kitchen Poly food box racks are great in the cooler to help sort products Some soft side boxes will not work in these racks 1" square tubular aluminum construction 5'' Poly U swivel stem casters Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) APBH x 21 x x 533 x APBH x 21 x x 533 x APBH x 21 x x 533 x APBH-5/ x 21 x x 533 x Poly Food Box Rack APBH-8 Racks & Specialty Storage Glass Racks Glass racks hold 20" x 20" glass and dish racks Ideal for transporting glassware and china from the service area to the kitchen Handle large loads in one trip to minimize breakage and physical injury 1" square tubular aluminum construction 5" Poly U swivel stem casters Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) APR x 23 x x 584 x APR x 23 x x 584 x Glass Rack APR TG 126

127 Kelmax Specialty Racks / Kelmax Tray Retrieval Racks Designed for nursing homes and self bussing operations Full 30'' deep unit keeps the trays inside the frame of the rack Designed to allow clearance of most glasses/cups Holds two trays per ledge Nesting units available 1" square tubular aluminum construction 5'' Poly U swivel stem casters Freight Class 300 Tray Spacing D x L x H Model No. Cap (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) For 14" x 18" and 18" x 26" Trays - STD 1.5" Runner APR1218-5/ x 21 x x 533 x APRN1218-5/30* x 21 x x 533 x For 15" x 20" Trays - STD 1.5" Runner APR1220-5/ x 21 x x 533 x APRN1220-5/30* x 21 x x 533 x For 18" x 14" Trapezoid Trays/Round Trays 3.25" Runner APRU1218-5/ x 21 x x 533 x APRUN1218-5/30* x 21 x x 533 x *Nesting units Tray Retrieval Rack APRN1220-5/30 Adjustable Tray Drying Racks Three styles to hold various types of trays Guides spaced on 1", 1 1 / 2" and 2 3 / 4" centers.090" guides are radiused for safety Tray capacity depends on type of tray 6" polyolefin swivel plate casters Freight Class 250 No. Of Guide D x L x H Model No. Openings Spacing (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ATR4828/ x 51 1 / 2 x x 1308 x ATR6028/ / 2 28 x 63 1 / 2 x x 1613 x ATR6028/ / 4 28 x 63 1 / 2 x x 1613 x Racks & Specialty Storage Adjustable Tray Drying Rack ATR4828/

128 AMCO Can Storage / AMCO Take 10 Can Storage System This unique No. 10 can storage system uses a two-tier gravity feed for FIFO stock rotation. Expertly designed so that as each can is loaded onto the upper tier it rolls back and gently drops down to the lower tier and rolls to the front of the system for easy access. No need to push cans uphill and also ensures that older cans are always at the front. Each can storage module holds 5 cases (30 each of No. 10 cans) One module can be stacked on another or they can be stacked on existing shelving (accommodates all brands of shelving that is at least 18'' deep and 42'' long). Do not stack more than two modules high on any shelf Complete units can be purchased if required Units can be used under a worktable to provide a mini pantry in the kitchen SM-10 Can Storage Module W x L x H Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SM-10 Can Storage Module 21 x 40 x 18 1 / x 1015 x SMBASES 2 Shelf Storage Base 21 x 42 x x 1065 x SMBASEM 2 Shelf Mobile Base 21 x 42 x x 1065 x Take 10 Kits Kits contain SM-10 modules and shelf base. See quantities of each in chart below Racks & Specialty Storage SM-10 Shelf No.10 Can W x L x H Model No. Modules Base Capacity (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Stationary 2SM x 40 x 36 1 / x 1015 x SM3-B x 42 x x 1065 x SM4-B x 42 x 82 1 / x 1065 x SM2-B* ** 21 x 42 x 82 1 / x 1065 x Mobile SM2-MB x 42 x x 1065 x Can Storage SM3-B *Model SM2-B may be assembled in two ways: (A) Two modules on the top shelf allowing master carton storage below. Overall height: 81 1 / 2" or (B) two modules on the bottom shelf. Overall height: 46". **Capacity is calculated to provide storage for 90 cans (15 cases) in their master cartons on the bottom shelf of the base and 60 cans (10 cases) in storage modules on the upper shelf. 60 Can Storage Mobile Unit SM2-MB 128

129 Kelmax Can Storage / Kelmax Full Size Can Racks Organize your stock room with the CSR-162 unit Ships set up, ready to use FIFO Can Rack holds 156 cans-13 cans per opening FIFO is first in - first out; load and empty from front All welded aluminum construction will never rust Mobile kit available factory installed for safety 5 Poly U plate casters, 2 swivel w/brakes and 2 rigid Freight Class 400 Capacity Of D x L x H Model No. No. 10 Cans (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Full Size Unit - Holds 6 Cans Per Opening CSR x 25 x x 635 x CSR-162M* x 28 x x 711 x CSR x 37 x x 940 x FIFO Can Rack CSR-156/FIFO x 28 x x 1067 x Economy Can Rack CSRE x 25 x x 635 x *Mobile unit CSR-162 Full Size Can Racks CSR-162M Can Rack Options Model No. Description /ADJ Adjustable Feet (each) CSR-156/FIFO CSRE-162 Half Size Can Racks Unit doubles as work table so you maximize your space Available with aluminum top, 304 Series stainless steel top or 5 / 8" Poly Top 5" Poly U expandable stem casters, 2 swivel with brakes and 2 rigid Ships set up, ready to use Freight Class 250 Capacity Of D x L x H Model No. No. 10 Cans Type Of Top (In.) (Mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 35" Height CSR54 54 None 35 x 28 x x 711 x CSR54/A 54 Aluminum 35 x 28 x x 711 x CSR54/PT 54 Poly Top 35 x 28 x x 711 x CSR54/SS 54 Stainless Steel 35 x 28 x x 711 x " Height CSR72 72 None 35 x 28 x x 711 x CSR72/A 72 Aluminum 35 x 28 x x 711 x CSR72/PT 72 Poly Top 35 x 28 x x 711 x CSR72/SS 72 Stainless Steel 35 x 28 x x 711 x CSR-54 (Open Top) CSR-54/PT (Poly Top) Half Size Can Racks CSR-54/A (Aluminum Top) CSR-54SS (Stainless Steel Top) Racks & Specialty Storage 129

130 AMCO Wine & Beer Storage / AMCO Bulk Storage Wine Modules 48 or 60 bottle capacity Capacity calculated based on 6 bottles nested on each wire loop shelf with an additional 6 bottles resting on top of the lower 6 bottles Stores one case of wine per wire loop shelf Bulk wine modules should be fastened to shelves or countertops Plating Plus W x L x H Bottle Model No. (In.) (mm.) Capacity (Lbs.) (Kg.) / 8 x 21 1 / 2 x 26 1 / x 546 x / 8 x 21 1 / 2 x 34 1 / x 546 x Bulk Storage Wine Modules Bulk Storage Wine Racks Up to 240 bottle capacity Comprised of 3 shelves, 4 posts and the wine modules indicated below Includes wall bracket to secure top shelf to wall for stability Plating Plus W x L x H Wine Modules Bottle Model No. (In.) (mm.) Capacity (Lbs.) x 48 x x 1220 x x 48 x x 1220 x x 48 x x 1220 x Bulk Storage Wine Rack 783 Compartmented Wine Modules Up to 45 bottle capacity Compartmented wine rack modules can be free standing Compartment size 3 1 / 2" sq. Racks & Specialty Storage Plating Plus W x L x H Bottle Model No. (In.) (mm.) Capacity (Lbs.) (Kg.) x 10 3 / 4 x 10 3 / x 273 x / x 16 x 21 1 / x 406 x x 26 1 / 2 x 26 1 / x 673 x Compartmented Wine Modules Compartmented Wine Racks 82 or 166 bottle capacity Comprised of 3 shelves, 4 posts and the wine rack modules indicated below Includes wall brackets to secure top shelf to wall for stability Plating Plus W x L x H Wine Modules Bottle Model No. (In.) (mm.) Capacity (Lbs.) x 30 x x 760 x x 48 x x 1220 x Compartmented Wine Rack

131 AMCO Wine & Beer Storage / AMCO Compartmented Champagne Modules Designed to store larger champagne bottles Can be used alone or attached to wire shelves 15 bottle capacity Plating Plus W x L x H Bottle Model No. (In.) (mm.) Capacity (Lbs.) (Kg.) CR710 8 x 18 1 / 2 x 18 1 / x 470 x Compartmented Champagne Module CR710 Rack Clips for Wine & Champagne Modules Use these to join two compartmented wine or champagne modules together (either two 706, 710, 711 or CR710 together) Set of 4 Model No. 4SHCLIP Description Set of 4 Rack Clips Beer Keg Racks These heavy-duty racks support up to 1200 lbs of uniformly distributed static weight per shelf Complete with three sided frames for added strength and stability, and to protect fragile walk-in walls 54" high units consist of 2 heavy duty shelves and four 54" posts 64" high units consist of 2 heavy duty shelves, 1 wire shelf and four 64" posts Available in Gray Epoxy and Polygard, which are great for use in coolers, freezers or moist environments to combat corrosion For plastic shelving options see page 15 for Plasteel shelves and page 18 for Plastic Plus shelves Racks & Specialty Storage Gray Epoxy Polygard Keg W x L x H Model No. Model No. Capacity (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) BK4854GR BK4854PG 4 18 x 48 x x 1220 x BK6054GR BK6054PG 6 18 x 60 x x 1525 x BK4864GR BK4864PG 4 18 x 48 x x 1220 x BK6064GR BK6064PG 6 18 x 60 x x 1525 x Beer Keg Rack BK4864GR 131

132 ISS Wine & Beer Storage / ISS Keg Racks Comes complete with four 54'' posts, 2 each 3-sided frames, 4 each foot plates, 2 each retainer chains Style A has 2 each dunnage racks with wire grid Style A-1 has 1 dunnage rack with grid. Kegs are floor stacked on lower level Can be used with New Era plastic shelves. See page 38 Grey Bond Gold Bond W x L x H 1/2 Barrel Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Capacity Style A B348AE B348AY 18 x 48 x 54 3 / x 1219 x B360AE B360AY 18 x 60 x 54 3 / x 1524 x Style A-1 B348A1E B348A1Y 18 x 48 x 54 3 / x 1219 x B360A1E B360A1Y 18 x 60 x 54 3 / x 1524 x Style A Style A-1 Cylinder Retainer Chain Racks & Specialty Storage Length Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) RC48 For 48" Shelf Unit / RC60 For 60" Shelf Unit

133 LPI Wine & Beer Storage / LPI LPI Wine Rack Build a wine rack to the bottle capacity desired. The chrome plated wine shelves come in 9 or 12-bottle capacity and install on any of the posts listed below Add additional shelves as your wine collection grows Shelves install in seconds without the need for tools Shelves packed 4 per carton. No broken cartons Order posts separately Wine Shelves W x L Bottle Model No. (In.) C apacity (Lbs.) MW1436C 14 x / 2 MW1448C 14 x / 4 Posts Height Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MG007C / MG034C MG054C MG064C / MG072C MG084C Posts: MG064C Shelves: MW1448C Racks & Specialty Storage Wine Shelf 133

134 Kelmax Wine & Beer Storage / Kelmax Keg Storage Racks Sturdy, durable and designed to hold the heaviest load, Kelmax Keg Racks are the best solution for any tough job Designed to take the impact of a 160 lb keg being dropped onto the shelf Can hold 4-10 kegs 10 keg rack designed with two middle posts for extra support 2'' x 1 1 / 2'' tubular extra heavy duty wall frame ''E'' Channel laterals allow sliding of kegs Increased keg storage 76'' height standard Freight class 70 No. of L x D x H Model No. Kegs (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) KR x 17 x x 432 x KR x 17 x x 432 x KR x 17 x x 432 x KR x 17 x x 432 x Keg Storage Rack KR8 Keg Rack Options Racks & Specialty Storage D x L Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Keg Rack Shelves AKRS1760 For KR6 Rack 17 x x AKRS1780 For KR8 Rack 17 x x AKRS1793 For KR10 Rack 17 x x Clips For Keg Racks KR/CLAMPS Ties 2 Units Together KR10/CLIPS Additional Center Support Clips For KR10 U-braces For Keg Racks* AASUB1760 For KR6 Rack 17 x x AASUB1780 For KR8 Rack 17 x x AASUB1793 For KR10 Rack 17 x x *Use as 3-sided product stop between shelves. U-brace for Keg Rack 134

135 AMCO Security Units / AMCO 4 Shelf Stationary Security Units Includes 4 posts, 4 shelves, 1 set of lockable doors, 2 side panels and 1 set of back panels Enclosures are plated on all models. Shelves & posts have indicated finish Plating Plus Polygard W x L x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (Lbs.) SU1297CP SU1297PG 18 x 30 x SU1313CP SU1313PG 24 x 30 x SU1300CP SU1300PG 18 x 48 x SU1316CP SU1316PG 24 x 48 x SU1302CP SU1302PG 18 x 60 x SU1318CP SU1318PG 24 x 60 x Shelf Mobile Security Units Includes 4 posts, 4 shelves, 1 set of lockable doors, 2 side panels and 1 set of back panels Enclosures are plated on all models. Shelves & posts have indicated finish Add 4 each casters. See page 26 Unit height includes 5'' diameter casters 4 Shelf Stationary Security Unit SU1318CP Plating Plus Polygard W x L x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (Lbs.) SU1169CPMO SU1169PGMO 18 x 30 x SU1185CPMO SU1185PGMO 24 x 30 x SU1172CPMO SU1172PGMO 18 x 48 x SU1188CPMO SU1188PGMO 24 x 48 x SU1174CPMO SU1174PGMO 18 x 60 x SU1190CPMO SU1190PGMO 24 x 60 x Security Enclosures for Wire Enclosures consist of 1 set of lockable doors, 2 side panels and 1 set of back panels Fits six shelf sizes Order shelves and posts separately. See section Plating Plus Fits Shelf Size W x L Panel Height Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SEC31830CP 18 x x SEC32430CP 24 x x SEC31848CP 18 x x SEC32448CP 24 x x SEC31860CP 18 x x SEC32460CP 24 x x Racks & Specialty Storage Security Module 4 sided wire enclosure with single hinged lockable door One-piece construction Gray Epoxy W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SMOD x 22 1 / 4 x 16 3 / x 565 x SMOD1824 Security Module 135

136 ISS ISS Security Units / ISS Mobile Security Trucks Standard Security Trucks include 4 ea. posts, top and bottom shelves, 2 ea. side panels, 2 ea. back panels, 2 ea. lockable front doors, 4 ea. 5'' resilient stem swivel casters, 4 ea. bumpers. Order intermediate shelves separately Heavy Duty Security Trucks include a dolly frame with wraparound bumpers and 5'' resilient plate casters Plating Plus Gold Bond W x L x H Weight Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Standard SS536C SS536Y 24 x 36 x x 914 x SS548C SS548Y 24 x 48 x x 1219 x SS560C SS560Y 24 x 60 x x 1524 x Heavy Duty SH536C SH536Y 24 x 36 x x 914 x SH548C SH548Y 24 x 48 x x 1219 x SH560C SH560Y 24 x 60 x x 1524 x Stationary Security Units Includes 4 ea. posts, top and bottom shelves, 2 ea. side panels, 2 ea. back panels and 2 ea. lockable front doors Order intermediate shelves separately Plating Plus Gold Bond W x L x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SR536C SR536Y 24 x 36 x x 914 x SR548C SR548Y 24 x 48 x x 1219 x SR560C SR560Y 24 x 60 x x 1524 x SS548Y Standard Security Truck (Shown with two intermediate shelves) Racks & Specialty Storage Intermediate Shelves For Security Units Fits all Mobile and Stationary Security Units Plating Plus Gold Bond W x L Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Fits Units 2436C 2436Y 24 x x / 2 5 SS536C, SH536C, SR536C 2448C 2448Y 24 x x SS548C, SH548C, SR548C 2460C 2460Y 24 x x SS560C, SH560C, SR560C Security Modules Enclose two 24'' wide shelves to create a secured storage area Kit includes 2 ea. side panels, 2 ea. back panels, and 1 set of lockable front doors May be used on any standard ISS shelves 30'', 48'' and 60'' in length Plating Plus Gold Bond W x L x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SECM530C SECM530Y 24 x 30 x x 760 x / 4 14 SECM548C SECM548Y 24 x 48 x x 1219 x SECM560C SECM560Y 24 x 60 x x 1524 x Security Module 136

137 LPI Security Units / LPI Security Carts Security carts are a must for safe storage and transportation of goods Merchandise can t slip out between closely spaced 2'' x 2'' wires Plated Security units come standard with top and bottom plated shelves, 4 ea. plated 64'' posts, 1 set of plated doors, side and back panels. 5'' diameter swivel casters are included Additional shelves may be ordered separately Plating Plus W x L x H Model No. (In.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) LPS1830C 18 x 30 x LPS2430C 24 x 30 x LPS1848C 18 x 48 x LPS2448C 24 x 48 x LPS1860C 18 x 60 x LPS2460C 24 x 60 x LPS1848C Security Cart (Shown with ISS CM5P casters) Racks & Specialty Storage 137

138 Kelmax AMCO ISS LPI Carts We have everything you need to move your business forward. Even the simplest of meals involves complex kitchen logistics, which makes having the right carts essential to maximize the productivity and efficiency of your staff. That s why you ll find a huge variety of carts on the following pages, many designed for specific foodservice applications and each built to provide years of dependable service. Our extensive line up of carts includes: Food carts Platter carts Dollies Utility carts Stocking carts Flat carts Our Kelmax aluminum carts feature heavy-duty construction, a rust-free guarantee and are designed for maximum efficiency, higher rolling capacity and easy maneuverability. And when it comes to utility carts, you ll find AMCO, ISS and LPI set the standards for quality, durability and efficiency in wire-based solutions. Customer Service Kelmax AMCO ISS LPI Most of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit To order any of our carts, call your sales representative today. Carts 138

139 Kelmax Food Carts / Kelmax Produce Stocking Cart Heavy duty galvanized solid top shelf Galvanized square tube bottom shelf 5'' Polyurethane plate casters, 2 swivel and 2 rigid Freight class 300 Capacity L x W x H Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PC x 22 x x 559 x Produce Stocking Cart PC2244 Produce Crisping Carts Keeps produce crisp and fresh Heavy duty aluminum construction No rust guarantee 5" Polyurethane swivel stem casters Crisping baskets sold separately Freight class 400 L x W x H Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) APCR-729NC Stationary 29 x 33 1 / 2 x x 851 x APCR-729 Mobile 29 x 33 1 / 2 x x 851 x APCR Tier 26 1 / 2 x 33 x 85 3 / x 838 x PCB2629 Basket 29 x 26 x x 660 x Produce Crisping Cart APCR-729 Baskets PCB2629 Wet Produce Cart Galvanized cart Reversible top: lips up or down 5 Polyurethane plate casters, 2 swivel & 2 rigid Freight class 200 Capacity L x W x H Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) RPC x 22 x x 610 x Wet Produce Cart RPC2240 (Top Reversed) RPC2240 Carts 139

140 Kelmax Food Carts / Kelmax Aluminum Meat Lug Carts All welded construction No rust guarantee 5" Polyurethane swivel stem casters Lug sold separately Freight class 300 Lug L x W x H Model No. Capacity (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ALR x 16 x x 406 x ALR-1/H* 1 25 x 16 x x 406 x ALR x 16 x x 406 x ALR-2/H* 2 25 x 16 x x 406 x ALR x 19 x x 483 x ALR x 19 x x 483 x ALR x 19 x x 483 x * With handle Aluminum Meat Lug Cart ALR-1 Bulk Movers Available in two sizes: 6 or 8 bushel tubs; tub included Easy to clean seamless tub, just lift off the frame base ABM has an aluminum frame and SBM has a 16 gauge stainless steel frame 5" polyurethane swivel casters standard Freight class 300 L x W x H Model No. Capacity (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Aluminum ABM3 3 Bushel 29 x 22 x x 559 x ABM6 6 Bushel 36 x 22 x x 559 x ABM8 8 Bushel 40 x 22 x x 559 x Stainless SBM3 3 Bushel 29 x 22 x x 559 x SBM6 6 Bushel 36 x 22 x x 559 x SBM8 8 Bushel 40 x 22 x x 559 x Bulk Mover ABM6 Carts Multiple Compartment Ingredient Bins All welded aluminum frame 5" Poly U swivel casters Three heavy duty polyethylene bins included Freight class 250 L x W x H Model No. Description Capacity (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) IBIN-3 Triple Tub 36 Gal 16 1 / 2 x 29 x x736 x Replacement Parts For IBIN 3 TUB-1/3 Replacement Tub 12 Gal 15 7 IBIN-C1/3 Replacement Cover 5 2 Multiple Compartment Ingredient Bin IBIN-3 140

141 Kelmax Platter Carts / Kelmax Carts Aluminum Universal Carts Recessed shelves hold platters, pans or lugs Heavy duty all welded aluminum construction will not rust like chrome units Carts are ideal for all areas, including meat, seafood, deli and bakery 5" Poly U stem casters standard Freight class 300 No. Of Spacing W x D x H Model No. Shelves (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Holds Trays AUSC4-T/ x 21 x x 533 x AUSC5-T/ * x 21 x x 533 x AUSC5-T/ x 21 x x 533 x AUSC6-T/ x 21 x x 813 x AUSC7-T/ x 21 x x 813 x AUSC8-T/1826* x 21 x x 533 x Holds Platters AUSC4-P/ x 16 x x 406 x AUSC5-P/1230* x 16 x x 406 x AUSC8-P/1230* x 16 x x 406 x Holds Double Platters AUSC7-DP/ x 28 x x 711 x * Will not hold Meat Lugs Aluminum Universal Cart AUSC7-DP/1230 AUSC8-P/1230 AUSC8-T/1826 Platter Carts All welded construction Guaranteed not to rust 5" Poly U swivel stem caster Freight class 300 Tray Size Tray L x W x H Model No. (In.) Capacity (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Aluminum APR1010-6/10 10 x x 13 x x 330 x APR1210-5/10 10 x x 13 x x 330 x APR612/38 12 x x 15 x x 330 x APR1012-6/12 12 x x 15 x x 330 x APR1212-5/12 12 x x 15 x x 330 x APR618/38 18 x x 21 x x 533 x APR x x 21 x x 533 x APR x x 21 x x 533 x Platter Cart APR1012-6/10 Carts 141

142 Kelmax Dollies / Kelmax Meat Dollies Constructed of heavy duty aluminum 5" Poly U swivel plate casters Guaranteed not to rust HD Unit has 5" x 2" casters Freight class 150 Capacity L x W x H Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Meat Trays - All Lips Up D x 21 x x 533 x Box Beef - 3 Lips Up And One Down D1922/HD x 20 x x 914 x D1826/HD x 19 x x 482 x D2733/HD x 28 x x 711 x D2733/HD D2027 Meat Dollies Carts Chicken Dolly/ Wet Mover Great for transporting iced seafood or chicken Keeps product above the melting ice Removable drip pan standard Lifetime guarantee against rust 5" Poly U swivel stem casters Freight class 100 Capacity L x W x H Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) CD x 21 x x 533 x Chicken Dolly CD-1 Carts Mixing Bowl Dolly Two sizes: 19" ring and 30" ring Designed for the toughest conditions, 800 lb capacity All 16 gauge Stainless Steel construction tubing with 1 / 4'' thick ring Rolls on 5" polyurethane casters Freight class 250 Ring Size L x W x H Model No. (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MBD x 21 x x 533 x MBD x 21 x x 533 x MBD x 32 x x 533 x MBD x 32 x x 840 x Mixing Bowl Dolly MBD1930 (Bowl not incluced) 142

143 Kelmax Dollies / Kelmax Milk Crate Dollies Four sizes in Stainless Steel construction Pull hook available 4" x 1 1 / 2" Poly U swivel plate casters Freight class 200 No. of L x W x H Model No. Stacks (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SSD x 15 x x 381 x SSD x 15 x x 737 x SSD x 15 x x 1092 x SSD x 29 x x 737 x SSD1428 SSD2828 Milk Crate Dollies (Crates not included) Aluminum Sheet Pan Dollies Stores and transports food service trays Holds 18'' x 26'' Sheet Pans 5" Poly U swivel plate casters Freight class 300 Capacity L x W x H Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) APSD x 22 x x 559 x APSD x 22 x x 559 x APSD APSD-1826 Aluminum Sheet Pan Dollies Carts 143

144 ISS Dollies / ISS Dolly Frames and Casters. Extra strength steel dollies for heavyweight strorage demands Frames provide added cart reinforcement Optional wraparound rubber bumpers to protect walls from impact damage Dolly casters are factory installed. Specify type of casters to be installed when ordering dolly frames Dolly Frames Order casters separately Plating Plus Model No. (In.) W x L (mm.) Without Bumpers With Bumpers D336C D336WABC 18 x x 914 D348C D348WABC 18 x x 1219 D360C D360WABC 18 x x 1524 D436C D436WABC 21 x x 914 D448C D448WABC 21 x x 1219 D460C D460WABC 21 x x 1524 D536C D536WABC 24 x x 914 D548C D548WABC 24 x x 1219 D560C D560WABC 24 x x 1524 Dolly Frame with Bumpers (Shown without Casters) Plate Casters for Dolly Frames Available in Polyurethane and Resilient tread type and with or without brakes Swivel Plate Caster CP5P Rigid Plate Caster CP5PR Carts Swivel Swivel / Brake Swivel / Brake / Lock Rigid Wheel Dia. Face Load Rating Tread Model No. Model No. Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Type (Lbs.) (Kg.) CP5M CP5MB CP5MR / Resilient 2 3 / CP5P CP5PB CP5PR / Polyurethane CP6P CP6PB CP6PBL CP6PR Polyurethane CP8P CP8PB CP8PBL CP8PR Polyurethane 10 1 /

145 AMCO Utility Carts / AMCO Wire Utility Carts Available with 2 and 3 wire shelves All models include 4 revolving rubber bumpers and 4 nonbrake resilient rubber casters (5" dia.) Other finishes, sizes and shelf styles available by ordering individual components 41" overall height Shelves and handles are plated Plating Plus W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Two Amco II Wire Shelves AUC21830C / 8 x 32 7 / 8 x x 835 x AUC21836C / 8 x 38 7 / 8 x x 987 x AUC22430C / 8 x 32 7 / 8 x x 835 x AUC22436C / 8 x 38 7 / 8 x x 987 x Three Amco II Wire Shelves AUC31830C / 8 x 32 7 / 8 x x 835 x AUC31836C / 8 x 38 7 / 8 x x 987 x AUC32430C / 8 x 32 7 / 8 x x 835 x AUC32436C / 8 x 38 7 / 8 x x 987 x Shelf Wire Utility Cart AUC31836C5 Plasteel Utility Carts Two solid style Plasteel shelves minimize the risk of wet products dripping onto the floor Other finishes, sizes and shelf styles available by ordering individual components 41" overall height Handles are plated W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PSUC1836C / 8 x 38 7 / 8 x x 987 x PSUC2436C / 8 x 38 7 / 8 x x 987 x Cart Handle Sets Includes 2 handles W x H Model No. ** (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) AHAND / 8 x x / AHAND / 8 x x / 2 7 Plasteel Utility Cart PSUC1836C5 **Select a finish. Add suffix to model number. Finish Suffix Plating Plus CP Polygard PG Carts 145

146 LPI Utility Carts / LPI Utility Carts Practical for general material handling Model M34836 complete with resilient 4'' diameter swivel casters All other models come with CM5M 5'' diameter swivel resilient non-marking casters Plating Plus Green Epoxy W x L x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (Lbs.) 2-Shelf Utility Cart MUC18302C MUC18302GN 18 x 30 x MUC18362C MUC18362GN 18 x 36 x MUC24362C MUC24362GN 24 x 36 x Shelf Utility Cart MUC18303C MUC18303GN 18 x 30 x M x 36 x MUC18363C MUC18363GN 18 x 36 x MUC24363C MUC24363GN 24 x 36 x Shelf Utility Cart MUC24362C 3-Shelf Utility Cart MUC24363C Utility Cart Handles Customize utility cart to meet specific needs Fits shelves in 4 widths: 14", 18", 21" and 24" Available in Plating Plus and Green Epoxy finishes Order casters separately. See page 56 Carts Plating Plus Green Epoxy W x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (Lbs.) UH14C UH14GN 14 x 32 6 UH18C UH18GN 18 x / 2 UH21C UH21GN 21 x 32 7 UH24C UH24GN 24 x / 2 Utility Cart Handles 146

147 Kelmax Stocking Carts / Kelmax Stocking/Utility Carts 1 1 / 4'' tubing Heavy duty channel construction 5 Polyurethane casters, 2 swivel and 2 rigid Freight class 300 Capacity L x W x H Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ATC x 20 x x 508 x ATC x 20 x x 508 x ATC2036/HD x 20 x x 508 x Stocking/Utility Cart ATC2036 Solid Two Tier Utility Carts Flexible use Custom sizes available Stainless Steel construction guaranteed not to rust 5" Polyurethane stem casters, 4 swivel Freight class 250 Capacity L x W x H Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SSUC x 20 x x 508 x Solid Two Tier Utility Cart SSUC2036 Heavy Duty Stainless Steel Utility Carts 1 reinforced tube for reinforced strength under front lip of shelves Shelves have three sides up, one down 5'' x 2'' polyurethane plate caster 1,100 lb rolling capacity Stainless Steel caster hardware Made in 300 Series Stainless Steel for rust resilience Freight class 250 No. of Shelf Shelf Size L x W x H Model No. Shelves Spacing (In.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SUC / 4 18 x / 2 x 19 1 / 2 x x 496 x SUC x / 2 x 19 1 / 2 x x 496 x SUC / 4 21 x / 2 x 22 1 / 2 x x 572 x SUC x / 2 x 22 1 / 2 x x 572 x SUC / 4 21 x / 2 x 22 1 / 2 x x 572 x SUC x / 2 x 22 1 / 2 x x 572 x Heavy Duty Stainless Steel Utility Cart SUC Carts 147

148 Kelmax Stocking Carts / Kelmax Chrome Stocking Cart All welded plated steel construction with wire top reinforced for extra strength 400 lb load capacity Great for use in customer and office areas Rolls easily on 5" Poly U plate casters Freight class 250 No. of W x L x H Model No. Shelves (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) CWC / 2 x 36 x 40 1 / x 914 x Chrome Stocking Cart CWC Tubular Deck Cart Heavy duty steel tubular construction 18" wide for easy use while customers are in store 5" Poly U plate casters, 2 swivel and 2 rigid Standard color is green powder coat. For other colors call factory Freight class 250 Capacity W x D x H Model No. Description (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TC-2 Steel x 18 x x 457 x Tubular Deck Cart TC-2 Carts 148

149 Kelmax Flat Carts / Kelmax Chrome Flat Cart Great for transporting products Six wheel design allows for maximum maneuverability 5'' x 1 1 / 2'' plate casters Great for use in wet area, no paint to chip Ships knockdown Freight class 250 Capacity W x L x H Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) TCG1840-1/ / 2 x 40 x x 1010 x Chrome Flat Cart TCG1840-1/6 Nesting Flat Cart Heavy duty galvanized frame Units nest to save space 3,000 lb load capacity with 6" x 2" heavy duty Polyurethane plate casters, 2 swivel and 2 rigid Freight class 250 Capacity L x W x H Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) FCN2448/G x 24 x x 610 x Nesting Flat Cart FCN2448/G Carts 149

150 Kelmax Accessories / Kelmax Knife Racks Stainless Steel knife rack Comes with black insert as standard Insert L x W x H Model No. Color (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SKR23 Black 12 x 2 1 / 2 x 13 3 / x 63.5 x Knife rack SKR23 Meat Lugs Fits Kelmax Meat Lug Carts High impact polyurethane Formed base for cross stacking Available in gray and white Lids available L x W x H Model No. Color (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ML-7 Gray 15 x 20 x x 508 x / 2 1 ML-7/LID Gray 15 x 20 x x 508 x ML-8/W White 15 x 26 x x 661 x ML-8 Gray 15 x 26 x x 661 x ML-8/LID Gray 15 x 26 x x 661 x Meat Lug ML-8 Carts Platters and Trays High impact polystyrene Ribbed for support with reinforced edges Shipped 12 per case W x D Model No. Color (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) P1224 White 12 x x P1230 White 12 x x P1826/W White 18 x x Platters P

151 Kelmax Casters / Kelmax Casters There are four wheel types: Polyurethane Tough abrasion resistant Excellent floor protection and ease of rolling Wide temperature range -30 F to 180 F Polyolefin Good general use hard plastic casters Good on concrete surfaces Soft Tread Rubber (TPR) Quiet operation on floors Great for tile and stone floors. Non-marking and non-staining Not recommended for cooler or freezer use Phenolic Material High temperature material for use in ovens up to 550 F Expandable Stem Casters Fits various posts and tubes, both round and square Does not need special fitting or bolts Great for making kitchen equipment mobile Model No. CSQ515UEXP1" CSQ515UEXP1-1/4" CSQ515UEXP1-1/2" Description For 1" Tube 1" Expandable Stem Poly-U 5" x 1 1 / 4 " Wheel For 1 1 / 4 " Tube 1 1 / 4 " Expandable Stem Poly-U 5" x 1 1 / 4 " Wheel For 1 1 / 2 " Tube 1 1 / 2 " Expandable Stem Poly-U 5" x 1 1 / 4 " Wheel Polyurethane Polyolefin Soft Tread Rubber (TPR) Phenolic Material Expandable Stem Caster High Temperature Wheels High temperature wheels to fit most oven racks 600 F intermittent use 475 F continuous use New bearing option does not need to be lubricated Model No. CSW415HT 415HT CSW415HT/SS Description 4" x 1 1 / 2 " HI-Temp Oven Wheel High Temp Wheel Only 4" x 1 1 / 2 " HI-Temp Oven Wheel on Stainless Steel rig High Temperature Wheel CSW415HT Standard Square Stem Caster 7 / 8'' Square stem caster with Poly U Wheel Fits most pan racks Model No. CSQ515U Description SQ. STEM 5" x 1 1 / 2 " Poly-U Standard Square Stem Caster CSQ515U Carts 151

152 Kelmax Casters / Kelmax Rigid Casters 1 1 / 2'' Wheels; plate size 3 1 / 8'' x 4 1 / 8'' Light duty capacity up to 600 lbs 2" Wide wheels, Plate size 4" x 4 1 / 2'' Heavy duty capacity up to 2,000 lbs Model No. Description 3 1 / 8 " x 4 1 / 8 " Rigid Plate Caster CRG415TPR 4" x 1 1 / 2 " TPR CRG415U 4" x 1 1 / 2 " POLY-U CRG515TPR 5" x 1 1 / 2 " TPR CRG515U 5" x 1 1 / 2 " POLY-U 4"x 4 1 / 2 " Rigid Plate Caster CRG520O 5" x 2" POLY-O CRG520PH 5" x 2" PHENOLIC CRG520TPR 5" x 2" TPR CRG520U 5" X 2" POLY-U CRG620O 6" x 2" POLY-O CRG620PH 6" x 2" PHENOLIC CRG620TPR 6" x 2" TPR CRG620U 6" x 2" POLY-U CRG820TPR 8" x 2" TPR CRG820PH 8" x 2" PHENOLIC CRG820O 8" x 2" POLY-O CRG820U 8" x 2" POLY-U Rigid Caster Swivel Casters 1 1 / 2" Wheels plate size 3 1 / 8'' x 4 1 / 8'' Light duty capacity up to 600 Lbs 2" Wide wheels; Plate size 4" x 4 1 / 2'' Zirc fittings in the wheels and the rigs Heavy duty capacity up to 2,000 lbs Carts Model No. Description 3 1 / 8 " x 4 1 / 8 " Swivel Plate Caster CSW415TPR 4" x 1 1 / 2 " TPR CSW415U 4" x 1 1 / 2 " POLY-U CSW515TPR 5" x 1 1 / 2 " TPR CSW515U 5" x 1 1 / 2 " POLY-U 4" x 4 1 / 2 " Swivel Plate Caster CSW520O 5" x 2" POLY-O CSW520PH 5" x 2" PHENOLIC CSW520TPR 5" x 2" TPR CSW520U 5" x 2" POLY-U CSW620O 6" x 2" POLY-O CSW620PH 6" x 2" PHENOLIC CSW620TPR 6" x 2" TPR CSW620U 6" x 2" POLY-U CSW820TPR 8" x 2" TPR CSW820PH 8" x 2" PHENOLIC CSW820O 8" x 2" POLY-O CSW820U 8" x 2" POLY-U Swivel Caster 152

153 To place an order, call your sales representative today. 153

154 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables The exceptional quality of our sinks and tables is reflected in the stainless steel. Corrosion resistance and stain resistance low maintenance and high durability the properties of stainless steel make it the ideal material for any kitchen application. Yet, what truly separates the exceptional kitchen fixture from the ordinary one isn t merely the use of stainless steel, but the grade of stainless steel that s used and the quality of the manufacturing process that s employed. That s why Universal Stainless sinks and tables are made of high quality 300 Series Stainless Steel. It s why we use exacting fabrication processes. And it s why our products offer exceptional strength and durability. So, for example, while other sinks may be formed using a drawn metal process that results in thin regions, all Universal Stainless sinks are fully fabricated, which ensures our sink bowls have full-metal thickness and strength throughout. The quality of Universal Stainless comes in a huge selection of sinks and tables. We manufacture a wide array of sizes and styles and we will also modify them to meet your precise specifications and space requirements. Our extensive collection includes: Sinks Hand Sinks Compartment Sinks Specialty Sinks Tables Dish Tables Work Tables Cabinets Specialty Tables We also offer a wide selection of floor troughs and table accessories. Like our sinks and tables, they re all made of stainless steel, providing enduring performance and reflecting the quality that goes into every product we make. Customer Service Universal Stainless All of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit All of the sinks we manufacture are CSA certified. To order Universal Stainless sinks and tables, call your sales representative today. 154

155 Universal Stainless Hand Sinks Choose from Standard Series (18 Gauge deep drawn bowl) or Spec Series (16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel, fully fabricated) 12" x 10" x 6" (305 x 254 x 152) bowl size 7 high integrally formed backsplash Inverted ''V''non-drip edge on three sides Includes faucets, basket drains, and wall brackets Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Standard Hand Sink Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Standard Series - 18 GA SS EHS-1 Hand Sink EHS-1R Right Splash EHS-1L Left Splash EHS-1RL Right and Left Splash Spec Series - 16 GA SS CHS-1 Hand Sink CHS-1R Right Splash CHS-1L Left Splash CHS-1RL Right and Left Splash Standard Hand Sink CHS-1 Skirted Hand Sink Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Standard Series - 18 GA SS EHS-2 Skirted Hand Sink EHS-2R Right Splash EHS-2L Left Splash EHS-2RL Right and Left Splash Spec Series - 16 GA SS CHS-2 Skirted Hand Sink CHS-2R Right Splash CHS-2L Left Splash CHS-2RL Right and Left Splash Skirted Hand Sink CHS-2 155

156 Universal Stainless Hand Sinks Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Standard Hand Sink with Soap & Towel Dispenser Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Standard Series - 18 GA SS EHS-3 Hand Sink with Soap and Towel Dispenser EHS-3R Right Splash EHS-3L Left Splash EHS-3RL Right and Left Splash Spec Series - 16 GA SS CHS-3 Hand Sink with Soap and Towel Dispenser CHS-3R Right Splash CHS-3L Left Splash CHS-3RL Right and Left Splash Standard Hand Sink with Soap & Towel Dispenser CHS-3 Skirted Hand Sink with Soap & Towel Dispenser Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Standard Series - 18 GA SS EHS-4 Skirted Hand Sink with Soap and Towel Dispenser EHS-4R Right Splash EHS-4L Left Splash EHS-4RL Right and Left Splash Spec Series - 16 GA SS CHS-4 Skirted Hand Sink with Soap and Towel Dispenser CHS-4R Right Splash CHS-4L Left Splash CHS-4RL Right and Left Splash Skirted Hand Sink with Soap & Towel Dispenser CHS-4 Hand Sink with Soap & Towel Dispenser Below Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Spec Series - 16 GA SS CHS-5 Hand Sink with Soap and Towel Dispenser below CHS-5R Right Splash CHS-5L Left Splash CHS-5RL Right and Left Splash Hand Sink with Soap & Towel Dispenser Below CHS-5 156

157 Universal Stainless Hand Sinks Hand Sinks with Electronic Eye Faucets Infrared technology senses the user s presence and activates the water supply - pre-mixed to desired temperature Spec Series 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel 7" high integrally formed backsplash Inverted ''V'' non-drip edge on three sides Includes faucets, basket drains, and wall brackets Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Hand Sink with Electronic Eye Faucet Bowl Size L x W x D Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. HSE-11 Hand Sink 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-11R Right Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-11L Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-11RL Right and Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-11 Skirted Hand Sink with Electronic Eye Faucet Bowl Size L x W x D Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. HSE-21 Skirted Hand Sink 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-21R Right Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-21L Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-21RL Right and Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-21 Hand Sink with Soap & Towel Dispenser w/ Electronic Eye Faucet Bowl Size L x W x D Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. HSE-31 Hand Sink with Soap and Towel Dispenser 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-31R Right Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-31L Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-3RL Right and Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-31 Skirted Hand Sink with Soap & Towel Dispenser with Electronic Eye Faucet Bowl Size L x W x D Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. HSE-41 Skirted Hand Sink with Soap and Towel Dispenser 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-41R Right Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-41L Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-41RL Right and Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x Hand Sink with Soap & Towel Dispenser Below with Electronic Eye Faucet Bowl Size L x W x D Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. HSE-51 Hand Sink with Soap and Towel Dispenser Below 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-51R Right Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-51L Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-51RL Right and Left Splash 12 x 10 x x 254 x HSE-41 HSE

158 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Wall and Floor Mount Hand Sinks Choose from 16" x 16" x 10" or 14" x 12" x 10" bowl sizes Spec Series 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Includes knee and foot operated valves, goose neck spouts, and basket drains Wall brackets included Standard Wall and Floor Mount Sinks Bowl Size L x W x D Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. FMHS-16 16" x 16" Floor Mount Hand Sink 16 x 16 x x 406 x FMHS-16R Right Splash 16 x 16 x x 406 x FMHS-16L Left Splash 16 x 16 x x 406 x FMHS-16RL Right and Left Splash 16 x 16 x x 406 x FMHS " x 12" Floor Mount Hand Sink 14 x 12 x x 305 x FMHS-1412R Right Splash 14 x 12 x x 305 x FMHS-1412L Left Splash 14 x 12 x x 305 x FMHS-1412RL Right and Left Splash 14 x 12 x x 305 x FMHS-16 WMHS-16 16" x 16" Wall Mount Hand Sink 16 x 16 x x 406 x WMHS-16R Right Splash 16 x 16 x x 406 x WMHS-16L Left Splash 16 x 16 x x 406 x WMHS-16RL Right and Left Splash 16 x 16 x x 406 x WMHS " x 12" Wall Mount Hand Sink 14 x 12 x x 305 x WMHS-1412R Right Splash 14 x 12 x x 305 x WMHS-1412L Left Splash 14 x 12 x x 305 x WMHS-1412RL Right and Left Splash 14 x 12 x x 305 x WMHS

159 Universal Stainless Hand Sinks Specialty Hand Sinks All sinks are 300 Series Stainless Steel ADA Compliant Hand Sinks Includes wrist handles & soap dispenser Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Bowl Size L x W x D Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. HS-ADA ADA Compliant Hand Sink 16 x 17 x x 432 x HS-ADA-E ADA Sink with Electric Eye 16 x 17 x x 432 x ADA Compliant Hand Sink Multi-Station Hand Sink Wall mounted. Includes tubular wall supports. Faucets not included Multi-Station Hand Sink Bowl Size L x W # O.D. Size L x W Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) Faucets (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. MSHS-4 Multi-Station Hand Sink 44 x x x 19 1 / x MSHS-5 Multi-Station Hand Sink 56 x x x 19 1 / x MSHS-6 Multi-Station Hand Sink 68 x x x 19 1 / x MSHS-8 Multi-Station Hand Sink 92 x x x 19 1 / x Drop-In Sinks Includes faucets and basket drain Bowl Size L x W x D Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DI-1-5DF Drop In Sink- 5" deep 10 x 14 x x 356 x DI-1-10DF Drop In Sink- 10" deep 10 x 14 x x 356 x DI-1-5DF Hand Sink Accessories Model No. Description HS-WB Hand Sink Support Brackets WRISTHANDLES Wrist Handles HS-SD-D Soap Dispenser- Deck Mount HS-SD-W Soap Dispenser- Wall Mount CHS-TD Soap & Towel Dispenser US-LD-MINI Lever Drains HS-SG Bolt on Splash Guards DI-1-10DF 159

160 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Available with one to three sink bowls, with or without drainboards Four compartment sinks and modified bowl sizes are available upon request. Please contact factory Choose from two series of compartment sinks: - Standard "N" Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel, 12 bowl depth and galvanized legs - Spec "SL" Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel, 14" bowl depth and stainless steel legs and crossrails Each Universal sink features the following: Fully fabricated bowl with full metal thickness throughout provides greater durability and strength than a drawn sink 9 high integrally formed backsplash, with 2" return to wall at 45 degrees 2 1 / 2" high, 180 degree sanitary rolled rim at all free edges Leg assemblies located directly under sink bowls for greater load support Legs are 1 5 / 8 " diameter tubing with adjustable bullet feet All corners, both horizontal and vertical, are coved at 5 / 8 " radius, welded and polished to form a one-piece sanitary unit All sinks are furnished with basket drains and 1 1 / 8 " faucet holes punched in backsplash on 8 centers as required Sinks with drainboards over 24" have additional legs under each drainboard for added strength All are NSF listed and CSA certified Compartment Sinks without Drainboards /SL Line 1, 2, and 3 Compartment Sinks without Drainboards Standard N Bowl Size Dimensions Series Approx. Weight Cubic Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Cubic L x W L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) One Compartment Sink 1N SL x x x 23 1 / x 597 1N SL x x x 25 1 / x 648 1N SL x x x 23 1 / x 597 1N SL x x x 29 1 / x 749 1N SL x x x 25 1 / x 648 1N SL x x x 29 1 / x 749 1N x x x 33 1 / x 851 Two Compartment Sink 2N SL x x x 23 1 / x 597 2N SL x x x 23 1 / x 597 2N SL x x x 29 1 / x 749 2N x x x 25 1 / x 648 2N SL x x x 29 1 / x 749 2N x x x 33 1 / x 851 2N SL x x x 35 1 / x 902 2SL x x x 35 1 / x 902 Three Compartment Sink 3N SL x x x 23 1 / x 597 3N x x x 25 1 / x 648 3N x x x 23 1 / x 597 3N SL x x x 29 1 / x 749 3SL x x x 29 1 / x 749 3N SL x x x 33 1 / x 851 3SL x x x 35 1 / x 902 3SL x x x 35 1 / x

161 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks 1 Compartment Sink with 1 Drainboard Drainboard available on right or left side (Insert R or L in model number where asterisks appear) Standard "N" Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec "SL" Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables One Compartment Sink with 1 Drainboard Standard N Drainboard Dimensions Series Approx. Weight Cubic Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Cubic Length L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) Bowl Size 16" x 18" (406 x 457 mm.) L x W 1N1618-*D SL1618-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 1N1618-*D SL1618-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 1N1618-*D SL1618-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 16" x 20" (406 x 508 mm.) L x W 1N1620-*D SL1620-*D / 2 x 25 1 / x 648 1N1620-*D SL1620-*D / 2 x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 18" x 18" (457 x 457 mm.) L x W 1N18-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 1N18-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 1N18-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 18" x 24" (457 x 610 mm.) L x W 1N1824-*D SL1824-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 1N1824-*D SL1824-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 1N1824-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 20" x 20" (508 x 508 mm.) L x W 1SL20-*D / 2 x 25 1 / x 648 1N20-*D / 2 x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 24" x 24" (610 x 610 mm.) L x W 1N24-*D SL24-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 1N24-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 24" x 30" (610 x 762 mm.) L x W 1N2430-*D SL2430-*D / 2 x 35 1 / x 902 *Must specify R for Right Drainboard, L for Left Drainboard 161

162 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables 1 Compartment Sink with 2 Drainboards One Compartment Sink with 2 Drainboards Standard N Drainboard Dimensions Series Approx. Weight Cubic Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Cubic Length L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) Bowl Size 16" x 18" (406 x 457 mm.) L x W 1SL1618-2D x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 18" x 18" (457 x 457 mm.) L x W 1N18-2D x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 20" x 20" (508 x 508 mm.) L x W 1SL20-2D x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 24" x 24" (610 x 610 mm.) L x W 1N24-2D x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 20" x 28" (508 x 711 mm.) L x W 1N2028-2D x 33 1 / x 851 Bowl Size 24" x 30" (610 x 762 mm.) L x W 1SL2430-2D x 35 1 / x 902 1N2430-2D x 35 1 / x 902 Bowl Size 30" x 30" (762 x 762 mm.) L x W 1SL30-2D x 35 1 / x

163 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks 2 Compartment Sink with 1 Drainboard Drainboard available on right or left side (Insert R or L in model number where asterisk appears) Standard "N" Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec "SL" Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Two Compartment Sink with 1 Drainboard Standard N Drainboard Dimensions Series Approx. Weight Cubic Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Cubic Length L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) Bowl Size 16" x 18" (406 x 457 mm.) L x W 2N1618-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 2N1618-*D SL1618-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 16" x 20" (406 x 508 mm.) L x W 2N1620-*D / 2 x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 18" x 18" (457 x 457 mm.) L x W 2N18-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 2N18-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 18" x 24" (457 x 610 mm.) L x W 2N1824-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 2N1824-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 20" x 20" (508 x 508 mm.) L x W 2SL20-*D / 2 x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 24" x 24" (610 x 610 mm.) L x W 2N24-*D SL24-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 20" x 28" (508 x 711 mm.) L x W 2N2028-*D / 2 x 35 1 / x 902 Bowl Size 24" x 30" (610 x 762 mm.) L x W 2SL2430-*D / 2 x 35 1 / x 902 *Must specify R for Right Drainboard, L for Left Drainboard 163

164 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables 2 Compartment Sink with 2 Drainboards Two Compartment Sink with 2 Drainboards Standard N Drainboard Dimensions Series Approx. Weight Cubic Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Cubic Length L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) Bowl Size 16" x 18" (406 x 457 mm.) L x W 2N1618-2D x 23 1 / x 597 2SL1618-2D x 23 1 / x 597 2N1618-2D x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 16" x 20" (406 x 508 mm.) L x W 2SL1620-2D x 25 1 / x 648 2N1620-2D SL1620-2D x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 18" x 18" (457 x 457 mm.) L x W 2N18-2D x 23 1 / x 597 2N18-2D x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 18" x 24" (457 x 610 mm.) L x W 2N1824-2D x 29 1 / x 749 2N1824-2D SL1824-2D x 29 1 / x 749 2SL1824-2D x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 20" x 20" (508 x 508 mm.) L x W 2SL20-2D x 25 1 / x 648 2N20-2D x 25 1 / x 648 2SL20-2D x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 24" x 24" (610 x 610 mm.) L x W 2N24-2D SL24-2D x 29 1 / x 749 2N24-2D x 29 1 / x 749 2N24-2D x 29 1 / x 851 Bowl Size 20" x 28" (508 x 711 mm.) L x W 2N2028-2D x 35 1 / x

165 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks 3 Compartment Sinks with 1 Drainboard Drainboard available on right or left side (Insert R or L in model number where asterisk appears) Standard "N" Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec "SL" Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Sinks with bowls wider than 20" require two sets of faucet holes Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Three Compartment Sink with 1 Drainboard Standard N Drainboard Dimensions Series Approx. Weight Cubic Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Cubic Length L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) Bowl Size 16" x 18" (406 x 457 mm.) L x W 3N1618-*D SL1618-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 3N1618-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 16" x 20" (406 x 508 mm.) L x W 3N1620-*D SL1620-*D / 2 x 25 1 / x 648 3N1620-*D / 2 x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 18" x 18" (457 x 457 mm.) L x W 3SL18-*D / 2 x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 18" x 24" (457 x 610 mm.) L x W 3N1824-*D SL1824-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 3N1824-*D SL1824-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 3N1824-*D SL1824-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 20" x 20" (508 x 508 mm.) L x W 3SL20-*D / 2 x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 24" x 24" (610 x 610 mm.) L x W 3SL24-*D / 2 x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 20" x 28" (508 x 711 mm.) L x W 3N2028-*D / 2 x 33 1 / x 851 Bowl Size 24" x 30" (610 x 762 mm.) L x W 3SL2430-*D / 2 x 35 1 / x 902 3SL2430-*D / 2 x 35 1 / x 902 *Must specify R for Right Drainboard, L for Left Drainboard 165

166 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables 3 Compartment Sinks with 2 Drainboards Sinks with bowls wider than 20" require two sets of faucet holes Three Compartment Sink with 2 Drainboards Standard N Drainboard Dimensions Series Approx. Weight Cubic Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Cubic Length L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) Bowl Size 16" x 18" (406 x 457 mm.) L x W 3N1618-2D SL1618-2D x 23 1 / x 597 3N1618-2D SL1618-2D x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 16" x 20" (406 x 508 mm.) L x W 3N1620-2D SL1620-2D x 25 1 / x 648 3N1620-2D SL1620-2D x 25 1 / x 648 Bowl Size 18" x 18" (457 x 457 mm.) L x W 3N18-2D SL18-2D x 23 1 / x 597 3N18-2D SL18-2D x 23 1 / x 597 Bowl Size 18" x 24" (457 x 610 mm.) L x W 3N1824-2D SL1824-2D x 29 1 / x 749 3N1824-2D SL1824-2D x 29 1 / x 749 3N1824-2D SL1824-2D x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 20" x 20" (508 x 508 mm.) L x W 3N20-2D SL20-2D x 25 1 / x 749 3N20-2D SL20-2D x 25 1 / x 749 3N20-2D SL20-2D x 25 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 24" x 24" (610 x 610 mm.) L x W 3N24-2D SL24-2D x 29 1 / x 749 3N24-2D SL24-2D x 29 1 / x 749 Bowl Size 20" x 28" (508 x 711 mm.) L x W 3N2028-2D SL2028-2D x 33 1 / x 851 3N2028-2D SL2028-2D x 33 1 / x 851 3N2028-2D SL2028-2D x 33 1 / x 851 Bowl Size 24" x 30" (610 x 762 mm.) L x W 3N2430-2D SL2430-2D x 35 1 / x 902 3N2430-2D SL2430-2D x 35 1 / x 902 Bowl Size 30" x 30" (762 x 762 mm.) L x W 3N30-2D x 35 1 / x

167 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks Sink Accessories 8" Center Splash Mount Faucet Standard Duty Heavy Duty Spout Size Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) USF-8-S FI USF-10-S FI USF-12-S FI USF-14-S FI USF-10-S Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables 8" Center Deck Mount Faucet Standard Duty Heavy Duty Spout Size Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) USF-8-D FI USF-12-D FI USF-12-D Twist Handle Lever Drains Model No. Description US-LD Can be adapted for 1 1 / 2 " or 2" drain US-LDO Can be adapted for 1 1 / 2 " or 2" drain Pre-Rinse Faucets & Accessories Model No. Description FI-2210 Pre-Rinse Wall Mount Faucet* KV-01 Knee Valve FV-02 Foot Valve GS-03 Gooseneck Spout USFK Gooseneck Faucet / 4" Center P-TRAP P-Trap - Chrome Plated *Includes Wall Bracket US-LDO FI-2210 KV-01 FV-02 GS-03 USFK

168 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Modified Sink Fabrication Quality custom product All custom sinks fabricated entirely from either 16 or 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel All custom sink pricing reflects Universal Stainless standard method of fabrication and complies with NSF Standard No. 2 Complete shop drawings shall be submitted for approval after receipt of P.O. Contact factory for any requirements not shown Number Model No. Description Qty. 1 Custom fabricated sink bowls available in a variety of sizes. Contact factory. Each 2 DTO-1 Drainboard (overall length of sink) Lin. Ft. 3 SO-3 Quick Drain trough w/ Scrap Basket Each 4 DTO-17 Scrap Block Each DTO-17A Die Raised Scrap Block Hole Each 5 SO-5-CN Disposal Cone Weldment (Cone by Others) Each SO-5-CL Disposal Collar Weldment (Collar by Others) Each 6 SO-6 Deck Mount Pre-Rinse Hole Each 7 SO-7 Vacuum Breaker Holes Set 168

169 Universal Stainless Compartment Sinks Modified Sink Fabrication (cont d.) Number Model No. Description Qty. Stainless Steel Poly 8 SO SO P Sink Cover 16" x 18" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 16" x 20" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 18" x 18" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 18" x 24" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 20" x 20" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 24" x 24" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 20" x 28" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 24" x 30" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 30" x 30" Each Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Number Model No. Description Qty. 9 SO-9-S Disposer Switch Bracket 5" x 6" Each SO-9-C Disposer Control Bracket 12" x 16" Each 10 SO-10 End Splash Standard Height 9" Each SO-10-H End Splash to 14" Height Each 11 SO-11-2 One-Piece S/S Front for 2 Compartment Sink Each SO-11-3 One-Piece S/S Front for 3 Compartment Sink Each 12 SO-12 S/S H-Frame Legs Each 13 SO-13 S/S Horizontal Cross Rail to 72" Max Each 14 SO-14 S/S 16 Gauge Sectional Removable Undershelves Lin. Ft. 15 SO-15 S/S Fixed Undershelf 18 Gauge S/S Lin. Ft. 16 TAC-4-SS S/S Flanged Feet Each 17 DTO-27N S/S Rack Slide Flush Mount Each 18 SO Overshelf 10" Wide Cantilevered Through Splash Lin. Ft. SO Overshelf 12" Wide Cantilevered Through Splash Lin. Ft. SO Overshelf 14" Wide Cantilevered Through Splash Lin. Ft. SO Overshelf 16" Wide Cantilevered Through Splash Lin. Ft. 19 SO-19 S/S Pot Rack w/ Hooks - Fixture Mounted Lin. Ft. 20 SO-20 Optional 12" Overshelf for Pot Rack Lin. Ft. 21 SO-21 Notch in Back Splash Each 22 SO-22 Field Joint - For Welding Each 23 SO-23 Higher Back Splash to 14" Max Lin. Ft. Note: Higher Splash option n/a on 30" Front to Back Bowls 24 SO Gauge S/S Available Each 25 SO-LEG S/S Legs and Feet - Must Specify Length Each 169

170 Universal Stainless Specialty Sinks Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Corner Sinks Designed for premium space utilization 9" backsplash 16 gauge Stainless Steel Corner Sink Standard N Series Approx. Weight Cubic Bowl Size L x W Drainboard Length Approx. Dimensions L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) CS-3N1014-2D x 14* 254 x x 19 1 / x 495 CS-3N14-2D x x x 19 1 / x 495 CS-3N16-2D x x x 21 1 / x 546 CS-3N18-2D x x x 23 1 / x 597 CS-3N18-2D x x x 23 1 / x 597 CS-3N20-2D x x x 25 1 / x 648 CS-3N1824-2D x 24** 457 x x 29 1 / x 749 CS-3N1824-2D x 24** 457 x x 29 1 / x 749 CS-3N24-2D x x x 29 1 / x 749 * Corner Bowl Size = 14'' x 14'' ** Corner Bowl Size = 24'' x 24'' Convenience Store Sinks Wash, rinse, and sanitize in less than six feet Choose from Standard Series or Spec Line 10" deep bowls on both Standard and Spec Line Convenience Store Sink MS-3SL1014-2D12 Standard N Series Approx. Weight Cubic Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Cubic Bowl Size L x W Drainboard Length Dimensions L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) MS-3N1014-2D MS-3SL1014-2D x x x 19 1 / x 495 MS-3N1014-2D MS-3SL1014-2D x x x 19 1 / x 495 MS-3N16-2D MS-3SL16-2D x x x 21 1 / x

171 Universal Stainless Specialty Sinks Floor Mop Sinks Bowl L x W x D Approx. Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. 8" Deep Bowls MOP x 20 x x 508 x MOP x20 x x 508 x MOP x 20 x x 508 x " Deep Bowls MOP x 20 x x 508 x MOP x20 x x 508 x MOP x 20 x x 508 x Floor Mop Sink MOP Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Floor Mop Sink Accessories Mop Hanger L x W Approx. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MH-3 3 x x Mop Hanger Service Faucet Approx. Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) SF Hose Hanger L x W Approx. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MH-1 3 x 6 76 x Service Faucet Mobile Sinks Bowl L x W x D Approx. Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DTO x 20 x x 508 x DTO x 20 x x 508 x DTO x 24 x x 610 x Perforated Scrap Baskets L x W Approx. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) DTO x x DTO x x DTO x x Hose Hanger Mobile Sink DTO

172 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Stainless Steel Floor Troughs A complete range of high quality floor troughs available with and without anti-splash feature and with either fiberglass or stainless subway grating. Universal offers three widths (12", 18", & 24") and lengths from two feet to five feet in six-inch increments. Troughs can be made to order. Please contact factory for details. Floor Trough features: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel subway grating or fiberglass grating Cross-brake toward waste Available with anti-splash feature Subway grating constructed from 3 / 16" x 1" stainless steel bars Stainless Steel waste cup up to 3 waste pipe Includes 3" O.D. - 4" long plumbing sleeve Standard Stainless Steel Floor Troughs Stainless Steel Subway Grating Approx. Fiberglass Grating Approx. Weight Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 12" (305 mm.) Trough Width UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x " (457 mm.) Trough Width UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x " (610 mm.) Trough Width UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x UFTS UFTF x x Stainless Steel Floor Trough with Subway Grating Section View Stainless Steel Floor Trough with Fiberglass Grating 172

173 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Floor Troughs Stainless Steel Floor Troughs with Anti-Splash Feature Stainless Steel Subway Grating Approx. Fiberglass Grating Approx. Weight Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 12" (305 mm.) Trough Width UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x " (457 mm.) Trough Width UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x " (610 mm.) Trough Width UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x UFTAS UFTAG x x Anti-Splash Stainless Steel Floor Trough with Subway Grating Section View Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Ant-Splash Stainless Steel Floor Trough with Fiberglass Grating 173

174 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Dish Tables Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Clean and Soiled Dish Tables Choose from two series: - Standard "N" Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel tops and bowls - Spec SL Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel tops and bowls All dish tables are 30" wide and have Stainless H-Frame legs Soiled dish tables standard with 20" x 20" x 6" pre-rinse bowl; bowl fully fabricated for full metal thickness throughout All welded set up design with no assembly required 5 / 8 radius on all corners for ease of cleaning Sanitary 180 degree rolled edges at free sides Tops braced with heavy gauge Stainless Steel C-channels and sound deadened Backsplash is integrally formed 9" high including 2" return at 45 degree angle with ends closed Stainless Steel under bracing locations provide solid top and minimal deflection Dish tables in "L" shape and corner configurations are available upon request. Please contact factory Clean Dish Table CDT-SL-5-R Clean Dish Tables Standard N Series Approx. Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Weight Length Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. Clean Dish Table- Left to Right CDT-3-R CDT-SL-3-R CDT-4-R CDT-SL-4-R CDT-5-R CDT-SL-5-R CDT-6-R CDT-SL-6-R Clean Dish Table- Right to Left CDT-3-L CDT-SL-3-L CDT-4-L CDT-SL-4-L CDT-5-L CDT-SL-5-L CDT-6-L CDT-SL-6-L Clean Dish Table CDT-SL-5-L Soiled Dish Tables Standard N Series Approx. Spec SL Line Approx. Weight Weight Length Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. Soiled Dish Table- Left to Right SDT-4-L SDT-SL-4-L SDT-5-L SDT-SL-5-L SDT-6-L SDT-SL-6-L SDT-7-L SDT-SL-7-L Soiled Dish Table- Right to Left SDT-4-R SDT-SL-4-R SDT-5-R SDT-SL-5-R SDT-6-R SDT-SL-6-R SDT-7-R SDT-SL-7-R Soiled Dish Table SDT-SL-5-L Soiled Dish Table SDT-SL-5-R 174

175 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Dish Tables Clean and Soiled Dish Tables cont d Dish tables in "L" shape and corner configurations are available upon request. Please contact factory Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables ''L'' Shape Soiled Dish Table ''L'' Shape Clean Dish Table Corner Design Soiled Dish Table Corner Design Clean Dish Table Undercounter Dish Tables Standard with 20" x 20" x 6" pre-rinse bowl Compact design for minimum space requirements Designed for use with any undercounter dishwasher Stainless Steel angle provided for securing to dishwasher Stainless Steel Scrap Basket and Deck Mount Pre-Rinse available Pre-Rinse Bowl on Right L x W Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. UCDT-52-R 52 x x UCDT-60-R 60 x x UCDT-72-R 72 x x Pre-Rinse Bowl on Left L x W Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. UCDT-52-L 52 x x UCDT-60-L 60 x x UCDT-72-L 72 x x Dish Table Accessories UCDT-60-R Undercounter Dish Tables UCDT-60-L L x W Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DTO-17 Rubber Scrap Block 5 2 n/a (does not include hole) DTO-17A Die Raised Scrap Block Hole n/a DTO-27 Surface Mount Stainless Steel Rack Slide 5 2 n/a DTO-27N Flush Mount Stainless Steel Rack Slide 5 2 n/a DTO-10 Stainless Steel Scrap Basket 19 1 / 2 x 19 1 / 2 x x 495 x (includes Rack Slide) Rubber Scrap Block DTO-17 Stainless Steel Rack Slide DTO-27 Stainless Steel Scrap Basket DTO

176 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Dish Tables Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Custom Dish Table Fabrication Quality custom product All custom dish tables fabricated entirely from either 16 or 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel All custom dish tables pricing reflects Universal Stainless standard method of fabrication and shall comply with NSF Standard No. 2 Complete shop drawings shall be submitted for approval after receipt of P.O. Contact factory for any requirements not shown 2 Number Model No. Description Qty. 1 DTO-1 30" Wide Dish Table Top Lin. Ft. For wider tables contact factory 2 DTO-27 Stainless Steel Rack Slide Each 3 DTO-3 Mitre-Rolled Edge Each 4 Custom fabricated sink bowls available Each in a variety of sizes. Contact factory. 5 DTO-5 Pre-Rinse Sink Bowl 20" x 20" x 8" Each 6 SO-10 End Splash-9" Each 7 TAC-6 Notch in Backsplash Each 8 SO-3 Quick Drain Trough with Scrap Basket Each 9 SO-5-CN Cone Weldment (Cone by Others) Each SO-5-CL Collar Weldment (Collar by Others) Each 10 DTO-10 Stainless Steel Scrap Basket with Slides Each 11 DTO-11-W Slant Rack Shelf- Wall Mounted Lin. Ft. DTO-11-C Slant Rack Shelf- Cantilevered Lin. Ft. 176

177 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Dish Tables Custom Dish Table Fabrication (cont d) Number Model No. Description Qty. 12 DTO-12 Curved Rack Glide- Stainless Steel Each 13 DTO-13 Tapered Scrap Trough Lin. Ft. 14 DTO-14 Pass through Window Ledge Lin. Ft. 15 DTO-15 Double Rack Shelf Lin. Ft. 16 DTO-16 Landing Ledge Lin. Ft. 17 DTO-17 Rubber Scrap Block Each DTO-17A Die Raised Scrap Block Hole Each 18 SO-15 Stainless Steel Fixed Undershelf- Lin. Ft. 18 Gauge, Includes legs 19 SO-12 Stainless Steel H-Frame Legs Each 20 SO-LEG Stainless Steel Legs and Feet- must specify Lgth. Each 21 SO-13 Stainless Steel Horizontal Crossrail to 72" max Each Stainless Steel Poly 22 SO SO P Sink Cover 16" x 18" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 16" x 20" Each SO-8-18 SO-8-18-P Sink Cover-18" x 18" Each SO SO P Sink Cover-18" x 24" Each SO-8-20 SO-8-20-P Sink Cover 20" x 20" Each SO-8-24 SO-8-24-P Sink Cover 24" x 24" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 20" x 28" Each SO SO P Sink Cover 24" x 30" Each 23 SO-9-S Disposer Switch Bracket Each SO-9-C Disposer Control Panel Bracket Each 24 DTO-1620 Mobile Soak Sink 16" x 20" x 12" Each (with casters & lever drain) DTO-2020 Mobile Soak Sink 20" x 20" x 12" Each (with casters & lever drain) DTO-2424 Mobile Soak Sink 24" x 24" x 12" Each (with casters & lever drain) 25 DTO Perforated Scrap Basket Each DTO Perforated Scrap Basket Each DTO Perforated Scrap Basket Each 26 SO Gauge Stainless Steel Available Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables 177

178 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Work Tables Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Choose from two series of tables: - Standard "N" Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel top - Spec SL Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel top Configurations include: - Galvanized or Stainless Steel legs and crossrails - Flat Top or 6" Backsplash -With or without undershelf Available in 24" and 30" widths and a variety of lengths. Custom sizes available upon request Shipped welded and set up - no assembly required Tops braced with heavy gauge Galvanized hat channels and sound deadened Square edge design for clean abutment to other equipment Underbracing locations provide solid top and minimal deflection Legs: 1 5 / 8" O.D. 16 Gauge Stainless Steel or Galvanized tubing with adjustable bullet feet and Stainless Steel gussets Crossrails: 1 5 / 8" O.D. 16 Gauge Stainless Steel or Galvanized tubing notched to fit legs and fully welded Undershelves: 18 Gauge Stainless Steel or Galvanized with corners notched to fit legs and fully welded Standard working height is 36" All tables 84" and longer come standard with 6 legs Flat Top with Galvanized Legs & Crossrails Flat Top with Galvanized Legs & Crossrails GLC-series Standard "N" Spec "S L" Series Approx. Weight Line Approx. Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 3GLC SL-GLC x x GLC SL-GLC x x GLC SL-GLC x x GLC SL-GLC x x " Width (762 mm) 3GLC SL-GLC x x GLC SL-GLC x x GLC SL-GLC x x GLC SL-GLC x x

179 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Work Tables Flat Top with Galvanized Legs & Undershelf GLS-Series Standard N Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec SL Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Flat Top with Galvanized Legs & Undershelf Standard "N" Spec "S L" Series Approx. Weight Line Approx. Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 3GLS SL-GLS x x GLS SL-GLS x x GLS SL-GLS x x GLS SL-GLS x x " Width (762 mm) 3GLS SL-GLS x x GLS SL-GLS x x GLS SL-GLS x x GLS SL-GLS x x

180 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Work Tables Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables 6" Backsplash with Galvanized Legs & Crossrails GLCB-Series Standard ''N'' Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec ''SL'' Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel 6" Backsplash with Galvanized Legs & Crossrails Standard "N" Spec "S L" Series Approx. Weight Line Approx. Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 3GLCB SL-GLCB x x GLCB SL-GLCB x x GLCB SL-GLCB x x GLCB SL-GLCB x x " Width (762 mm) 3GLCB SL-GLCB x x GLCB SL-GLCB x x GLCB SL-GLCB x x GLCB SL-GLCB x x " Backsplash with Galvanized Legs & Undershelf GLSB-Series Standard ''N'' Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec ''SL'' Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel 6" Backsplash with Galvanized Legs & Undershelf Standard "N" Spec "S L" Series Approx. Weight Line Approx. Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 3GLSB SL-GLSB x x GLSB SL-GLSB x x GLSB SL-GLSB x x GLSB SL-GLSB x x " Width (762 mm) 3GLSB SL-GLSB x x GLSB SL-GLSB x x GLSB SL-GLSB x x GLSB SL-GLSB x x

181 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Work Tables Flat Top with Stainless Steel Legs & Crossrails SLC-Series Standard "N" Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec "SL" Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Flat Top with Stainless Steel Legs & Crossrails Standard "N" Spec "S L" Series Approx. Weight Line Approx. Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 2SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x " Width (762 mm) 2SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x " Width (914 mm) 2SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x SLC SL-SLC x x

182 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Work Tables Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Flat Top with Stainless Steel Legs & Undershelf SLS-Series Standard N Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec SL Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Flat Top with Stainless Steel Legs & Undershelf Standard "N" Spec "S L" Series Approx. Weight Line Approx. Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 2SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x " Width (762 mm) 2SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x " Width (914 mm) 2SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x SLS SL-SLS x x

183 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Work Tables 6" Backsplash with Stainless Steel Legs & Crossrails SLCB-Series Standard "N" Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec "SL" Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables 6 Backsplash with Stainless Steel Legs & Crossrails Standard "N" Spec "S L" Series Approx. Weight Line Approx. Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 2SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x " Width (762 mm) 2SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x " Width (914 mm) 2SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x SLCB SL-SLCB x x

184 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Work Tables Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables 6" Backsplash with Stainless Steel Legs & Undershelf SLSB-Series Standard N Series: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Spec SL Line: 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel 6" Backsplash with Stainless Steel Legs & Undershelf Standard Spec "S L" Series Approx. Weight Line Approx. Weight L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 2SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x " Width (762 mm) 2SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x " Width (914 mm) 2SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x SLSB SL-SLSB x x

185 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Work Tables Modified Work Table Fabrication Quality custom product All custom work tables fabricated entirely from either 16 or 14 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel All custom work tables pricing reflects Universal Stainless standard method of fabrication and shall comply with NSF Standard No. 2 Complete shop drawings shall be submitted to you for your approval after receipt of P.O. Contact factory for any requirements not shown Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Number Model No. Description Qty. 1 TAC-DO-1 Cut-Out in Undershelf - 6" Diameter Each 2 TAC-5 End Splash Each TAC-5-24 Cap and Finish for End Splash* Each TAC-5-30 Cap and Finish for End Splash* Each 3 Custom fabricated sink bowls available in a Each variety of sizes. Contact factory. 4 TAC-ESI Integral Splash Guard for Sinks - 10" x Table Width Each 5 TAC-3T-15-S 3 Tier Set Drawers - Stainless Steel - 15" x 20" Each TAC-3T-20-S 3 Tier Set Drawers - Stainless Steel - 20" x 20" Each 6 TAC-PS1 Stainless Steel Pan Rack Slides One Set 7 TAC-7 Elevation Change in Top Each 8 TAC-10 Receptacle Box in Splash Each 9 TAC-9A Cut - Out less than 6" Each TAC-9B Cut - Out up to 20" Each TAC-9C Cut - Out Custom Size Each 10 TAC-6RS Glass Rack Slides (Only) One Section 11 TAC-8 Urn Trough Lin. Ft. 12 TAC-CB-1 Control Bracket Each 13 TAC-TE-24 Top Extension - 24" Lin. Ft. TAC-TE-30 Top Extension - 30" Lin. Ft. TAC-TE-36 Top Extension - 36" Lin. Ft. 14 TAC-CBT Enclosed Base Cabinet Sections Each 15 TAC-11 Skirted Front Lin. Ft. * Does not include End Splash 185

186 Universal Stainless Cabinets Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Cabinet Base Tables Available with open front and sliding or hinged doors; flat top and 6" backsplash Choose from 24" and 30" widths, 4' to 10' lengths Height is 36" All include one mid-shelf Uni-body design includes die formed rear and end panels welded to undershelves to achieve rigid one piece unit Top: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Body and Shelves: 18 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Legs: 6" high Stainless Steel with adjustable bullet feet Doors: (if applicable) double pan, die formed and suspended with overhead track and ball bearing rollers with recessed pulls Open Front with Flat Top Approx. L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4CBT x x CBT x x CBT x x CBT x x CBT x x CBT x x " Width (762 mm) 4CBT x x CBT x x CBT x x CBT x x CBT x x CBT x x Cabinet with Open Front and Flat Top Open Front with 6" Backsplash Approx. L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4CBT-24B x x CBT-24B x x CBT-24B x x CBT-24B x x CBT-24B x x CBT-24B x x " Width (762 mm) 4CBT-30B x x CBT-30B x x CBT-30B x x CBT-30B x x CBT-30B x x CBT-30B x x Cabinet with Open Front and Backsplash 186

187 Universal Stainless Cabinets Cabinet Base Tables (cont d) Flat Top with Sliding Doors Approx. L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4CBT-24D x x CBT-24D x x CBT-24D x x CBT-24D x x CBT-24D x x CBT-24D x x " Width (762 mm) 4CBT-30D x x CBT-30D x x CBT-30D x x CBT-30D x x CBT-30D x x CBT-30D x x Cabinet with Flat Top and Sliding Doors Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables 6" Backsplash with Sliding Doors Approx. L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4CBT-24BD x x CBT-24BD x x CBT-24BD x x CBT-24BD x x CBT-24BD x x CBT-24BD x x " Width (762 mm) 4CBT-30BD x x CBT-30BD x x CBT-30BD x x CBT-30BD x x CBT-30BD x x CBT-30BD x x Cabinet with Backsplash and Sliding Doors 187

188 Universal Stainless Cabinets Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Cabinet Base Tables (cont d) Flat Top with Hinged Doors Approx. L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4CBT-24HD x x CBT-24HD x x CBT-24HD x x CBT-24HD x x CBT-24HD x x CBT-24HD x x " Width (762 mm) 4CBT-30HD x x CBT-30HD x x CBT-30HD x x CBT-30HD x x CBT-30HD x x CBT-30HD x x Cabinet with Flat Top and Hinged Doors 6" Backsplash with Hinged Doors Approx. L x W Cubic Model No. (Lbs.) (Kg.) (In.) (mm.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4CBT-24BHD x x CBT-24BHD x x CBT-24BHD x x CBT-24BHD x x CBT-24BHD x x CBT-24BHD x x " Width (762 mm) 4CBT-30BHD x x CBT-30BHD x x CBT-30BHD x x CBT-30BHD x x CBT-30BHD x x CBT-30BHD x x Cabinet with Backsplash and Hinged Doors 188

189 Universal Stainless Cabinets Economy Line Enclosed Base Tables Available with open front and sliding doors, flat top and 6" backsplash Choose from 24" and 30" widths, 4' to 10' length Height is 36" Top: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Body and Shelves: 18 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel, rear and side panels die formed and welded to legs for rigidity. Undershelf die formed and welded to rear and side panels Legs: 1 1 / 2" Stainless Steel square tubing with adjustable bullet feet Backsplash: 6" high including 2" return at 45 degree angle with ends closed Doors: Single pan construction, suspended with overhead track and ball bearing rollers with recessed pulls Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Open Front with Flat Top L x W Approx. Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4EET x x EET x x EET x x EET x x EET x x EET x x " Width (762 mm) 4EET x x EET x x EET x x EET x x EET x x EET x x Base Table with Open Front and Flat Top Open Front with 6" Backsplash L x W Approx. Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4EET-24B 48 x x EET-24B 60 x x EET-24B 72 x x EET-24B 84 x x EET-24B 96 x x EET-24B 120 x x " Width (762 mm) 4EET-30B 48 x x EET-30B 60 x x EET-30B 72 x x EET-30B 84 x x EET-30B 96 x x EET-30B 120 x x Base Table with Open Front and Backsplash 189

190 Universal Stainless Cabinets Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Economy Line Enclosed Base Tables (cont d) Sliding Doors with Flat Top L x W Approx. Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4EET-24D 48 x x EET-24D 60 x x EET-24D 72 x x EET-24D 84 x x EET-24D 96 x x EET-24D 120 x x " Width (762 mm) 4EET-30D 48 x x EET-30D 60 x x EET-30D 72 x x EET-30D 84 x x EET-30D 96 x x EET-30D 120 x x Base Table with Sliding Door and Flat Top Sliding Doors with 6" Backsplash L x W Approx. Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. 24" Width (610 mm) 4EET-24BD 48 x x EET-24BD 60 x x EET-24BD 72 x x EET-24BD 84 x x EET-24BD 96 x x EET-24BD 120 x x " Width (762 mm) 4EET-30BD 48 x x EET-30BD 60 x x EET-30BD 72 x x EET-30BD 84 x x EET-30BD 96 x x EET-30BD 120 x x Base Table with Sliding Doors and Backsplash 190

191 Universal Stainless Cabinets Beverage Counters Top: 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Body and Undershelves: 18 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Legs: Stainless Steel with adjustable bullet feet One-piece die formed top with integral splash and inverted ''V'' no-drip edge to contain spillage 16" x 18" x 12 sink bowl integral with top 1" x 5" urn trough is integral with top and supplied with anti-splash grate Trough is furnished with 1" Stainless Steel drain fitting 2" x 4" receptacle box is supplied in splash for mounting of electrical components Removable panel on cabinet body provides easy access to plumbing components Glass rack slides provide convenient storage for dish racks or glasses and cups Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables L x W Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. BC-48* 48 x x BC-60* 60 x x BC-72* 72 x x BC-84* 84 x x BC-96* 96 x x *Specify R for bowl on right, L for bowl on left. Beverage Counter Beverage Counter with Rack Slides L x W Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. BCRS-48* 48 x x BCRS-60* 60 x x BCRS-72* 72 x x BCRS-84* 84 x x BCRS-96* 96 x x *Specify R for bowl on right, L for bowl on left. Beverage Counter with Rack Slides Beverage Counter Options Model No. Description Qty. TAC-8 Urn Troughs Lin. Ft. TAC-6RS Dish Rack Slides-for Open Section TAC -10 Receptacle Box in Splash Each 191

192 Universal Stainless Specialty Tables Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Prep Tables 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel top with 6" rear splash 18" x 24" x 12" sink bowls for high volume food preparation Stainless Steel construction, including legs, crossrails and undershelf Includes poly cutting board with storage slides No drip marine edges at all free sides Self closing drawer for utensil storage L x W Approx Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. *PT x x *PT x x PT x x Prep Table PT-72 *Specify bowl location - Right or Left Poly Top Tables Available with and without undershelf, with flat top and 6" backsplash Available in 30'' width and 4' to 10' lengths Table frame fabricated from 1 1 / 2" square 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel tubing Base fully welded 1 5 / 8" Stainless Steel tubing legs and crossrails with Stainless Steel adjustable bullet feet 5 / 8" thick poly top, NSF and USDA approved high density polyethlene Tops are sectional and removable per NSF standard No. 2 6" backsplash and deck formed from one-piece Stainless Steel and welded Crossrails are 1 5 / 8" O.D. Stainless Steel tubing notched to fit legs and fully welded Undershelf is 18 Gauge Stainless Steel with corners notched to fit legs and fully welded Ships fully welded and set up Prep Table PT-96 Flat Top with Stainless Steel Legs and Crossrails L x W Approx. Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. 4MCT x x MCT x x MCT x x MCT x x MCT x x MCT x x MCT x x Poly Top Table with Flat Top 192

193 Universal Stainless Specialty Tables Poly Top Tables (cont d) 6" Backsplash with Stainless Steel Legs and Crossrails L x W Approx. Model No (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Cubic Ft. 4MCT-B30 48 x x MCT-B30 60 x x MCT-B30 72 x x MCT-B30 84 x x MCT-B30 96 x x MCT-B x x MCT-B x x Poly Top Table with Backsplash Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Flat Top with Stainless Steel Legs and Undershelf L x W Approx. Model No (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Cubic Ft. 4MCT-30U 48 x x MCT-30U 60 x x MCT-30U 72 x x MCT-30U 84 x x MCT-30U 96 x x MCT-30U 108 x x MCT-30U 120 x x Poly Top Table with Undershelf 6" Backsplash with Stainless Steel Legs & Undershelf L x W Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. 4MCT-B30U 48 x x MCT-B30U 60 x x MCT-B30U 72 x x MCT-B30U 84 x x MCT-B30U 96 x x MCT-B30U 108 x x MCT-B30U 120 x x Poly Top Table with Backsplash and Undershelf 193

194 Universal Stainless Table Accessories Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Table Mount Shelves - Single or Double Overshelf Available in single and double overshelf Sold by the linear foot Manufactured from 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel with all sides formed down 1 1 / 2" at 90 degrees and back 1 / 2" at 45 degrees Legs are made from 1 5 / 8" Stainless Steel tubing Standard shelf height for single overshelf is 18". For double overshelf, it is 18" from table to first shelf and 14" from first shelf to second shelf Shelves 84" or longer require 6 legs Factory mounting includes die raised holes in table top. Unless specified otherwise, overshelf will be centered on table Mounting hardware supplied. Overshelves ordered for tables will be shipped separately and are not mounted to tables Single Overshelf Double Overshelf Shelf Width Weight Per Linear Foot Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Single Overshelf TSS TSS TSS TSS Double Overshelf TSD TSD TSD TSD Cantilever Shelves Manufactured from 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel with rear turned up 2" Front and ends formed down 1 1 / 2" at 90 degrees and back 1 / 2" at 45 degrees Shelves are supported with 1 5 / 8" O.D. Stainless Steel tubing and 16 Gauge brackets Shelves 84" or longer require 6 legs Cantilever shelves require factory installation Shelf Width Weight Per Linear Foot Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) COS COS COS COS Cantilever Shelf 194

195 Universal Stainless Table Accessories Circular Table Mounted Pot Racks All Stainless Steel construction Racks are mounted through table tops and secured to undershelf or crossrails Pot rack bars ( 3 / 16" x 2" Stainless Steel) are fully welded to 1 7 / 8" O.D. tubing which slips over 1 5 / 8" upright supports Pot rack overall length is 6" shorter than table length Stainless Steel pot hooks supplied, three every 12" Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Length Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. TPR-48-S TPR-60-S TPR-72-S TPR-84-S TPR-96-S TPR-108-S TPR-120-S Circular Table Mounted Pot Rack Optional Shelves for Pot Racks Manufactured from 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel Adjustable in height Available in 12" width, and 4' to 10' lengths Circular Table Mounted Pot Rack sold separately W x L Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. PRS x x PRS x x PRS x x PRS x x PRS x x PRS x x PRS x x Circular Table Mounted Pot Rack with Optional Shelf Circular Ceiling Mounted Pot Racks All Stainless Steel construction Choose from 4' to 8' lengths Pot rack bars fabricated from 3 / 16" x 2" flat bar Ceiling mount support bars are 24" long Stainless Steel pot hooks supplied, three every 12" Length Approx. Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. PR-C-48-S PR-C-60-S PR-C-72-S PR-C-84-S PR-C-96-S Circular Ceiling Mounted Pot Rack 195

196 Universal Stainless Table Accessories Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Sink Bowls Integral with Table Tops L x W x H Approx. Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) SB x 18 x x 457 x SB x 20 x x 508 x SB x 18 x x 457 x SB x 24 x x 610 x SB x 20 x x 508 x SB x 24 x x 610 x SB x 28 x x 711x SB x 30 x x 762 x SB x 30 x x 762 x Sink Bowl Integral with Table Top (shown with Splash Mount Holes) Sink Bowl Integral with Table Top (shown with Deck Mount Holes) Stainless Steel Undershelf 18 Gauge Stainless Steel Sold by the linear foot Approx. Weight Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) DTO-US-24 24" Wide Shelf 4 2 DTO-US-30 30" Wide Shelf 5 2 Roller Bearing Drawers Lock included The Enclosed 3-Tier drawer unit includes a Stainless Steel top if ordered as a stand-alone unit. Unit does not include top when integral with table Undershelf DTO-US-30 Description L x W Approx. Weight Model No. Pan Type (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Single Drawer - Self-Closing Design TAC-1520-S Stainless Steel 15 x x TAC-2020-S Stainless Steel 20 x x Enclosed 3-Tier Drawer Unit TAC-3T-15-S Stainless Steel 15 x x TAC-3T-20-S Stainless Steel 20 x x TAC-1520-S TAC-3T-15-S Casters 2 brakes per set Model No. Description Qty. TAC-1-4 Set /4 ; 5" Diameter Each TAC-2-6 Set /6 ; 5" Diameter Each TAC

197 Universal Stainless Table Accessories Bullet Feet Model No. Description Qty. TAC-3-SS Stainless Steel Bullet Feet Each TAC-4-SS Flanged Stainless Steel Bullet Feet Each Table Edges - Optional Model No. Description Qty. TAC-ME Marine Edge Linear Ft. TAC-IVE Inverted Edge Linear Ft. TAC-RE Rolled Edge Linear Ft. TAC-BN Bull Nose Edge Linear Ft. TAC-3-SS TAC-4-SS Stainless Steel Sinks & Tables Marine Edge TAC-ME Inverted V Edge TAC-IVE Rolled Edge TAC-RE Bull Nose Edge TAC-BN Table Options Model No. Description Qty. TAC-5 End Splash Each TAC-5-24 Cap & Finish for End Splash* Each TAC-5-30 Cap & Finish for End Splash* Each TAC-6 Splash Cut-Out Each TAC-7 Step Down in Top Each TAC-8 Urn Trough Linear Ft. TAC-9A Table Cut-Out Less Than 6" Each Each TAC-9B Table-Cut Out up to 20" Each TAC-9C Table-Cut Out over 20" x 20" Each TAC-10 Receptacle Box MTD in Splash Each * Does not include End Splash End Splash TAC-5 Splash Cut-Out TAC-6 Step Down in Top TAC-7 Urn Trough TAC-8 Table Cut-Out TAC-9B Receptacle Box MTD in Splash TAC-10 Locks Approx. Weight Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) Lock-H Hinged Doors Lock-S Sliding Doors

198 Universal Stainless Bar Equipment It s always smart to go with a top-shelf brand in your bar. Universal Stainless Bar Equipment What makes Dura-Line from Universal Stainless the preferred brand in so many bar areas? It starts with a commitment to quality and durability. All of our products are manufactured to meet NSF standards and designed to maximize efficiency. We use 16-gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel to provide greater durability than competitive equipment even the legs on our equipment are stainless. The result is a product that looks good and works well long after lesser equipment has been replaced. It s a higher level of quality one that you ll find on our complete selection of equipment that includes: Sinks Blender stations Cocktail stations Drainboards Bottle displays Accessories And it s all available in a variety of sizes and configurations to meet the specifications of any layout. Of course, the key to a great bar experience is service. So we ll work with you, providing whatever modified fabrication is required to match our products with your bar area layout. So go ahead place your order by calling your sales representative today. Customer Service Universal Stainless All of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit All of the sinks we manufacture are CSA certified. Place your bar order by calling your sales representative today. 198

199 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Bar Equipment The Dura-Line collection of professional bar equipment is engineered for years of trouble-free performance. All equipment is 16 gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel legs. Complete line includes: Hand Sinks - optional splashes and soap & towel dispensers available Compartment Sinks - 3 & 4 compartment underbar sinks with 1 or 2 drainboards Cocktail Stations - with Standard and High Capacity bowl depths and covers sealed in cold plates Pass-Thru Cocktail Stations Blender Stations - with or without sinks Speed Rails - available in two styles: keyhole and hanging Bottle Display Units - 3-tier storage in lengths from 18 to 36 inches Drainboards with Dish Rack Storage - available with open base and enclosed base Accessories Bar Equipment Hand Sinks 29" height Faucet and overflow tube included Overall Size Bowl Size L x W L x W x D Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DLHS x x x 14 x x 356 x DLHS-12R 12 x x x 14 x x 356 x DLHS-12L 12 x x x 14 x x 356 x DLHS-12RL 12 x x x 14 x x 356 x Hand Sink 199

200 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Bar Equipment Underbar Compartment Sinks All welded construction for strength Front and side marine edges eliminate dripping Complete with 4" backsplash and basket-type waste drains Faucets and overflow tubes included Bar Equipment 3 Bowl Underbar Sink Bowl Size Drainboard L x W x D Length No. Size Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) Comp. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. One Drainboard DL3-48-*D12 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL3-54-*D18 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL3-60-*D24 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL3-66-*D30 10 x 14 x x 356 x Two Drainboards DL3-60-2D12 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL3-72-2D18 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL3-84-2D24 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL3-96-2D30 10 x 14 x x 356 x *Please specify R for Right Drainboard, L for Left Drainboard. 3 Bowl Underbar Sink with 1 Drainboard 3 Bowl Underbar Sink with 2 Drainboards 4 Bowl Underbar Sink Bowl Size Drainboard L x W x D Length No. Size Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) Comp. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. One Drainboard DL4-60-*D12 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL4-66-*D18 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL4-72-*D24 10 x 14 x x 356 x Two Drainboards DL4-72-2D12 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL4-84-2D18 10 x 14 x x 356 x DL4-96-2D24 10 x 14 x x 356 x *Please specify R for Right Drainboard, L for Left Drainboard. 4 Bowl Underbar Sink with 1 Drainboard 4 Bowl Underbar Sink with 2 Drainboards 200

201 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Bar Equipment Cocktail Stations Ice bin: 2" insulation on bottom; 1" on sides Includes 6 bottle wells for speedy service Optional 8 circuit sealed-in cold plate available. Add - 8C to model number Bowl Depth L x W x H Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. Standard Capacity- 8" Deep Bin DLCS x 20 x x 508 x DLCS x 20 x x 508 x DLCS x 20 x x 508 x DLCS x 20 x x 508 x High Capacity- 14" Deep Bin DLCS-24-HC x 20 x x 508 x DLCS-30-HC x 20 x x 508 x DLCS-36-HC x 20 x x 508 x DLCS-48-HC x 20 x x 508 x Cocktail Station Bar Equipment Ice Chest Cover 300 Series Stainless Steel cover for ice bins L x W Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) ICC x x ICC x x ICC x x ICC x x Ice Chest Cover Pass-Thru Cocktail Stations 300 Series Stainless Steel Designed for 2-sided bar operation L x W x D Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. PTCS x 36 x x 914 x PTCS x 42 x x 1067 x Pass-Thru Cocktail Station Sliding Cover for Pass-Thru Cocktail Stations Operational from both sides L x W x D Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. PTCS-2436-C 24 x 36 x x 914 x PTCS-2442-C 24 x 42 x x 1067 x Sliding Cover for Pass- Thru Cocktail Station 201

202 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Bar Equipment Blender Stations Open top shelf holds drinks and bar items Spacious lower shelf for blender and drink preparation Built-in power cord hole for added safety Bar Equipment Standard Blender Station L x W Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DL-BS x x DL-BS x x Blender Station Blender Station with Sink Bowl Size Overall Size L x W x D L x W Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DL-BS-14S 12 x 6 x x 203 x x x DL-BS-18S 12 x 6 x x 203 x x x Speed Rails Available in single and double row styles Available in keyhole and hanging styles. Insert K or H in model number where asterisk appears. Efficient access to bottled items 18 gauge Stainless Steel; open bottom for easy cleaning Order length desired up to 60" Security cover available - please contact factory Blender Station with Sink Model No. Model No. Size Single Row Double Row (In.) (mm.) SSR-*-18 DSR-* SSR-*-24 DSR-* SSR-*-30 DSR-* SSR-*-36 DSR-* SSR-*-42 DSR-* SSR-*-48 DSR-* SSR-*-60 DSR-* * Specify Keyhole or Hanging Style - K or H Hanging Speed Rail Keyhole Speed Rail 202

203 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Bar Equipment Drainboards 4" integrally formed backsplash One piece die formed top Surface embossed and raised for efficient drainage Embossed surface keeps items from slipping 1" brass waste drain included Standard Drainboard L x W Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DLDB x x DLDB x x DLDB x x DLDB x x DLDB x x DLDB x x Bar Equipment Standard Drainboard Drainboard with Rack Storage - Open Base 3 each 11 1 / 2" x 11 1 / 2" Stainless Steel slides; 8" clearance L x W Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DLDBO x x DLDBO x x DLDBO x x DLDBO-48* 48 x x DLDBO-60* 60 x x * Model has two sets of rack slides. Drainboard with Rack Storage and Open Base Drainboard with Rack Storage - Enclosed Base 4" high integrally formed backsplash 8" clearance between slides 2-sided enclosed unibody base (optional closed back available) L x W Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DLDBE x x DLDBE x x DLDBE x x DLDBE-48* 48 x x * Model has two sets of rack slides. Drainboard with Rack Storage and Enclosed Base 203

204 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Bar Equipment Bottle Display Units Plenty of storage in 3 tiers Bottle rails 1 / 2" Stainless Steel round bars Solid bottle ledges, easily accessible for cleaning L x W Weight Cubic Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Ft. DLBD x x DLBD x x DLBD x x Bar Equipment Bottle Display Unit Bar Equipment Accessories Model No. DL-45-CF-I DL-45-CF-O DL-90-CF-I DL-90-CF-O SO-12 Description 45 degree corner filler units - inside 45 degree corner filler units - outside 90 degree corner filler units - inside 90 degree corner filler units - outside Stainless Steel H - Frame Legs 90 Degree Corner Filler Unit - Inside 45 Degree Corner Filler Unit - Outside Stainless Steel H-Frame Legs 204

205 Universal Stainless Stainless Steel Bar Equipment Modified Bar Equipment Fabrication Quality custom product All custom bar equipment fabricated entirely from 16 Gauge 300 Series Stainless Steel All custom bar equipment pricing reflects Universal Stainless standard method of fabrication and complies with NSF Standard No. 2 Complete shop drawings will be submitted for approval after receipt of P.O. Please contact factory for any requirements not shown Bar Equipment Number Model No. Description Qty. 1 DL-90-CF-O 90 degree turn outside corner Each 2 DLA-11 Removable Plastic Bottle Well Each 3 DLA-12 Single Row Speed Rail with Key Holes Lin. Ft. 4 DLA-13 Double Row Speed Rail with Key Holes Lin. Ft. 5 DLA-14 Bottle Cap Catcher Each 6 DLA-15 Bottle Opener Each 7 DLA-16 Towel Ring- Installed Each 8 DLA-17 Trash Chute Each 9 DL-90-CF-I 90 degree turn inside corner Each 10 DLHS-12 Hand Sink Each 11 PTCS Pass-thru Ice Bin Each 12 WIBS Welded-in Blender Station Each 205

206 AMCO ISS Kelmax Dunnage For durability and value, nothing holds up so well as our dunnage racks and platforms. Dunnage The strength to support heavy loads the durability to stand up to harsh environments the long-term value that will have a lasting impact on your bottom line these are all critical considerations in selecting the right dunnage racks for your operation. And they re all reflected in the wide range of choices available from AMCO, ISS and Kelmax. Take a look at the dunnage products on the following pages impressive not only in the quality of workmanship and materials, but also in the depth and selection we offer. It includes: Dunnage racks Heavy-duty platforms Stackable wire platforms Plastic racks Mobile dunnage carts Our Kelmax racks are all-aluminum so they ll never rust, making them ideal for use in coolers and freezers. AMCO and ISS models are available in Plating Plus for dry environments. And for both high-moisture and dry environments, AMCO features our Polygard finish and ISS is manufactured with our Gold Bond finish. No matter which products you choose, you re assured long-lasting quality and enduring value. Customer Service AMCO ISS Kelmax Most of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit To order any of our dunnage products, call your sales representative today. 206

207 AMCO Platforms / AMCO Heavy Duty Platforms For heavy duty storage demands select platforms constructed of 1'' square steel tubing Ideal for storage of bagged and cased goods Optional wire grid cover is available for storing smaller items. See page 209 Maximum weight capacity: 1,200 lbs of evenly distributed static weight Support tubes typically spaced 4 3 / 4'' apart Available in Plating Plus and Polygard finishes Height: 8 Plating Plus Model No. Polygard Model No. W x L x H (In.) (Lbs.) PHD1836C PHD1836PG 18 x 36 x 8 17 PHD1848C PHD1848PG 18 x 48 x 8 20 PHD1860C PHD1860PG 18 x 60 x 8 23 PHD2436C PHD2436PG 24 x 36 x 8 20 PHD2448C PHD2448PG 24 x 48 x 8 24 PHD2460C PHD2460PG 24 x 60 x 8 28 Heavy Duty Platform PHD2448C Dunnage Reinforced Heavy Duty Platforms Supports up to 2,000 lbs of evenly distributed static weight for lengths up to 48'' Optional wire grid cover is available for storing smaller items. See page 209 Available in Plating Plus and Polygard finishes Height: 14'' Plating Plus Model No. Polygard Model No. W x L x H (In.) (Lbs.) PHDR1836CP PHDR1836PG 18 x 36 x PHDR1848CP PHDR1848PG 18 x 48 x PHDR1860CP PHDR1860PG 18 x 60 x PHDR2436CP PHDR2436PG 24 x 36 x PHDR2448CP PHDR2448PG 24 x 48 x PHDR2460CP PHDR2460PG 24 x 60 x Reinforced Heavy Duty Platform PHDR2448CP 207

208 AMCO Platforms / AMCO Stackable Wire Platforms Multi-use platform Units can be stacked when not in use Welded one-piece; no assembly necessary Maximum weight capacity: 1,400 lbs of evenly distributed static weight Units 60'' long have six legs Height 10 1 / 2" (267 mm) Plating Plus W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PW1836CP 18 x 36 x 10 1 / x 915 x PW1848CP 18 x 48 x 10 1 / x 1220 x PW1860CP 18 x 60 x 10 1 / x 1525 x PW2436CP 24 x 36 x 10 1 / x 915 x PW2448CP 24 x 48 x 10 1 / x 1220 x PW2460CP 24 x 60 x 10 1 / x 1525 x Stackable Wire Platform PW2448CP Dunnage 208

209 ISS Dunnage Racks / ISS Designed to meet the minimum height restrictions of health departments Engineered to support heavy loads Dunnage Racks with Grid Includes four 14'' (355 mm) posts, one channel dunnage shelf, 3-sided frame and wire grid Load rated to 2,000 lbs (907 kg) for racks up to 48'' long 60'' long racks load rated to 1,200 lbs (544 kgs) Height: 14'' Plating Plus Gold Bond W x L x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) DR336C DR336Y 18 x 36 x x 914 x DR348C DR348Y 18 x 48 x x 1219 x DR360C DR360Y 18 x 60 x x 1524 x DR536C DR536Y 24 x 36 x x 914 x DR548C DR548Y 24 x 48 x x 1214 x DR560C DR560Y 24 x 60 x x 1524 x Dunnage Rack with Grid DR336Y Mobile Dunnage Racks Includes four 8'' (222 mm) posts, one channel dunnage shelf, 3-sided frame, wire grid and four 5'' (127 mm) diameter polyurethane casters (2 swivel and 2 swivel with brake) Load rated to 600 lbs Height: 14'' Dunnage Plating Plus Gold Bond W x L x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MDR336C MDR336Y 18 x 36 x x 914 x MDR348C MDR348Y 18 x 48 x x 1219 x MDR536C MDR536Y 24 x 36 x x 914 x MDR548C MDR548Y 24 x 48 x x 1219 x Mobile Dunnage Rack MDR348Y Wire Grid Cover for Platforms and Dunnage Racks Typical spacing between wires is 4'' x 4'' Fits both ISS and AMCO dunnage racks W x L Model No.* (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) DG x x DG x x DG x x DG x x DG x x DG x x *Select a finish. Add suffix to model number Finish Plating Plus Grey Bond Gold Bond Suffix C E Y 209

210 ISS Dunnage Racks / ISS Channel Dunnage Racks Includes four 14'' (355 mm) posts and one channel dunnage shelf Load rated to 2,000 lbs (907 kg) for racks up to 48'' long 60'' long racks load rated to 1,200 lbs (544 kgs) Height: 14'' Plating Plus Gold Bond W x L x H Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) CDR336C CDR336Y 18 x 36 x x 914 x CDR348C CDR348Y 18 x 48 x x 1219 x CDR360C CDR360Y 18 x 60 x x 1524 x CDR536C CDR536Y 24 x 36 x x 914 x CDR548C CDR548Y 24 x 48 x x 1219 x CDR560C CDR560Y 24 x 60 x x 1524 x Channel Dunnage Rack CDR336Y Dunnage Plastic Dunnage Racks One-piece construction Height: 12'' Load rated to 2,000 lbs (906 kg) W x L x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) DUN x 36 x x 914 x DUN x 48 x x 1219 x DUN x 60 x x 1524 x Plastic Dunnage Rack DUN

211 Kelmax Dunnage Racks / Kelmax Square Tubular Dunnage Racks are an economical way to hold medium to heavy duty boxes. Use the DR Series for medium duty boxes, and for heavy boxes use the DRH and DRC Series Standard Tubular Dunnage Racks All units come with a lifetime guarantee against rust 1 1 / 2" square aluminum tubing Great for general use Freight class 70 12" Leg 8" Leg (305 mm) (203 mm) L x D Capacity Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 24" Wide DR DR x x DR DR x x " Wide DR DR x x DR DR x x " Wide DR DR x x DR DR x x " Wide DR DR x x DR DR x x Tubular Dunnage Rack DR Dunnage Heavy Wall Tubular Dunnage Racks Heavy wall 1 1 / 2" x 1 3 / 4" rectangular aluminum tubing Tube spacing on 4 1 / 2" centers - 5 tubes on 24" deep units Freight class 70 12" Leg 8" Leg (305 mm) (203 mm) L x D Capacity Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 36" Wide DRH DRH x x DRH DRH x x " Wide DRH DRH x x DRH DRH x x " Wide DRH DRH x x DRH DRH x x Heavy Wall Tubular Dunnage Rack DRH

212 Kelmax Dunnage Racks / Kelmax Dunnage Racks Channel Style Wide 4 inch "E" channel holds product more securely than standard tubular dunnage racks Great in coolers and freezers Less than 3" spacing between cross braces Safer and reduces product damage Freight class 70 Dunnage 12" Leg 8" Leg (305 mm) (203 mm) L x D Capacity Model No. Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 24" Wide DRC DRC x x DRC DRC x x " Wide DRC DRC x x DRC DRC x x " Wide DRC DRC x x DRC DRC x x " Wide DRC DRC x x DRC DRC x x Heavy Duty Mobile Dunnage Racks "E" Channel Style Only Standard with handle gussets 2,000 lb rolling capacity 6" Poly-O casters, 2 rigid, 2 swivel with brake All swivel standard for better movement Overall height 9", rolls under standard shelving Freight class 70 Channel Style Dunnage Rack DRC L x D Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) DRC2424MHD 24 x x DRC3624MHD 24 x x DRC4824MHD 24 x x Handles /H20 /H24 Description 20" Handle 24" Handle Heavy Duty Mobile Dunnage Rack DRC3624MHD/H24 Wire Display Stand Designed to handle 5 gallon pails Great for use with chemicals in dishrooms K2023 is ideal for tight storage areas in corners, under sinks and dish tables Easy to clean under Also can be used as a spot merchandiser W x L x H Capacity Model No. (In.) # 5 Gallon Pails (Lbs.) K x 14 x K x 24 x K x 33 x K x 23 x K1014 Wire Display Stands K

213 To place an order, call your sales representative today. 213

214 Kelmax AMCO Material Handling When it comes to moving food and supplies, you ll find our equipment really delivers. The receiving area may be the least visible area of any foodservice operation, but it s also one of the most demanding. That s why Kelmax material handling equipment has been designed and built to provide incredible strength to carry heavy loads exceptional durability to withstand years of continuous service and precise maneuverability to operate in confined, crowded spaces. So take a look at the specs of our extensive line of material handling equipment that includes: Hand trucks U Boats Pallet jacks Mat carts We can also provide you with just about everything else you need to complete your back-of-the-shop operations including: receiving desks and employee lockers from Kelmax and coat racks from AMCO. Like our material handling equipment, you ll find each of these are available in a wide selection of sizes and styles and are built for enduring service and value. Customer Service Kelmax AMCO Material Handling Most of the foodservice products we manufacture meet NSF standards. For specific items, visit To order any of our products, call your sales representative today. 214

215 Kelmax Hand Trucks / Kelmax Steel Hand Trucks Beveled plate and heavy duty steel construction Freight class 100 Capacity Model No. Handle Type Wheel Type (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) HT2-SP Double Handle Semi Pneumatic HTL-SP Loop Handle Semi Pneumatic HTL-SP Steel Hand Trucks HT2-SP Steel Bread Tray Hand Truck 65" tall frame ideal for moving bulky items with high loads 3 / 4" pipe frame and two handles Shovel nose with extended toe plate can carry larger loads Nose plate is 19" w x 14" d Freight class 100 Capacity Model No. Handle Type Wheel Type (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) HTH2-SP-EXT Two Handle Semi Pneumatic Steel Bread Tray Hand Truck HTH2-SP-EXT Push Off Hand Trucks Foot operated push bar slides cases off the plate Keeps cases from falling over Tall back holds more product Freight class 100 Material Handling Capacity Model No. Handle Type Wheel Type (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) Steel Push Off Hand Truck - Pipe Construction HT/KO-SP Pistol Grip Semi Pneumatic Steel Push Off Hand Truck - Tube Construction HT/KO2-SP Loop Handle Semi Pneumatic Push Off Hand Trucks HT/KO-SP HT/KO2-SP Aluminum Hand Truck Aluminum hand truck is a light weight unit which makes for easy use on trucks and store use 600 lb Load capacity Freight class 100 Capacity Model No. Handle Type Wheel Type (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) HTL/AL-SP Loop Handle Semi Pneumatic Aluminum Hand Truck HTL/AL-SP 215

216 Kelmax U Boats / Kelmax 16'' Diamond Deck U Boats Heavy duty 14 gauge diamond deck construction Ideal for narrow, busy aisles 6-Wheel design offers maximum maneuverability 4'' Poly u swivel plate casters and 8'' heavy duty Polyurethane rigid plate center casters Tall removable handles hold the load securely Garment rack or removable shelf available Freight class 70 Capacity D x W Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) UBD x x UBD x x UBDG x x Diamond Deck U Boat UBD1660 Material Handling 18" And 24" Deck U Boats Heavy duty all steel dual channel construction 18" U-boats ideal for narrow, busy aisles 24" Wide provides maximum load capacity 6-Wheel design offers maximum maneuverability Tall removable handles hold the load securely Garment rack or removable shelf available Freight class 70 Capacity W x D Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) 18" Deck U-Boats UB x x " Deck Heavy U-Boats UB x x Deck U Boat UB1860 U-Boat Options Model No. Description (Lbs.) (Kg.) /B Bumper Set Of /GR60 Garment Bar /RS48 Removable Shelf For 48" Unit /RS60 Removable Shelf For 60" Unit

217 Kelmax Pallet Jack & Mat Carts / Kelmax Pallet Jack 5,500 lb Load capacity Leak proof pump Overload valve Six month warranty 2.9" Lowered height Freight class 150 Capacity L x W Model No. (Lbs.) (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) PJT x x Pallet Jack PJT2748 Knock Down Mat Cart Stop hauling mats by hand Galvanized unit holds up to 10 mats Rolls on 5'' x 1 1 / 2'' Poly U casters all swivel Unit can also hold 55 gallon plastic trash can Smaller frame for easier storage Freight class 70 L x W x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MMC2530/KD 30 x 25 1 / 4 x 44 1 / x 541 x Material Handling Knock Down Mat Cart MMC2530/KD All Welded Mat Cart All welded galavanized unit holds up to 10 mats Rolls on 5'' x 1 1 / 2'' Poly U casters all swivel Freight class 250 L x W x H Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) MMC x 42 x x 1067 x All Welded Mat Cart MMC

218 Kelmax Receiving Desks / Kelmax Receiving Desk Available as stationary or mobile units Unit comes standard with lockable lift up storage area Organize your receiving area Powdercoated finish on steel Units ship ready to use Freight class 150 L x W x H Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) RDS Stationary 24 x 24 x x 610 x RDM Mobile 24 x 24 x x 610 x Mobile Receiving Desk RDM Stationary Receiving Desk RDS Material Handling Open Foreman Shop Desk Large writing area with one locking drawer Top cubby hole storage area One bottom shelf Ships KD (Knockdown) Freight class 150 L x W x H Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) RFDO Open Foreman 29 x 34 1 / 2 x x 876 x Open Foreman Shop Desk RFDO Wall Mount Receiving Desk Unit comes standard with lockable lift up storage area Ideal for organization of storage area Powdercoated finish on steel Freight class 150 L x W x H Model No. Description (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) RD-WM Wall Mount 24 x 24 x x 610 x Wall Mount Receiving Desk RD-WM 218

219 Kelmax Lockers / Kelmax Ships set up ready to use Powder coated beige finish 4 door styles Height includes 6'' leg Two Door Lockers Doors are 36'' high Freight class 100 Depth D x W x H Model No. (In.) (In.) (Lbs.) EL/2/ x 12 x EL/2/ x 12 x Three Door Lockers Doors are 24'' high Freight class 100 Two Door Locker EL2 Depth D x W x H Model No. (In.) (In.) (Lbs.) EL/3/ x 12 x EL/3/ x 12 x Five Door Lockers Doors are 12'' high Freight class 100 Depth D x W x H Model No. (In.) (In.) (Lbs.) EL/ x 12 x EL/5/ x 12 x Three Door Locker EL3 Material Handling Six Door Lockers Doors are 12'' high Freight class 100 Depth D x W x H Model No. (In.) (In.) (Lbs.) EL/ x 12 x EL/6/ x 12 x EL/6/ x 12 x Locker Options Add suffix to locker model number Model No. Suffix /ST1 /ST3 /BASE1 /BASE3 /GANG2 /GANG3 Description Slope Top One Wide Slope Top Three Wide Enclosed Base One Wide Enclosed BaseThree Wide For 2 Unit Lockers Together For 3 Unit Lockers Together Six Door Locker EL6/15 Five Door Locker EL5 Slope Top 219

220 AMCO Coat Racks / AMCO Coat Racks A complete storge unit for hanging coats, uniforms, etc. Rack includes a bottom shelf, coat rod hanger and two upper shelves. Plating Plus W x L x H Weight Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) CR244884CP 24 x 48 x x 1220 x CR246084CP 24 x 60 x x 1525 x CR247284CP 24 x 72 x x 1830 x Coat Rack Coat Rod Sets AMCO s Coat Rod Set converts any shelving unit into storage for garments on clothes hangers. Set includes rod and two hangers to install below a wire shelf. Material Handling Plating Plus Length Model No. (In.) (mm.) (Lbs.) (Kg.) CR CR / CR / CR / CR CR / CR / 2 2 CR /

Foodservice, Supermarket & Hospitality Storage Systems

Foodservice, Supermarket & Hospitality Storage Systems Standard Product Catalog Foodservice, Supermarket & Hospitality Storage Systems ISS STANDARD EXPECT MORE ISS ISS Standard by SPG We manufacture great products at our facilities and create efficient solutions

More information

Foodservice, Supermarket & Hospitality Storage Systems

Foodservice, Supermarket & Hospitality Storage Systems Standard Product Catalog Foodservice, Supermarket & Hospitality Storage Systems FREESTYLE MODULAR EXPECT MORE FREESTYLE Freestyle Modular by SPG We manufacture great products at our facilities and create

More information

Foodservice, Supermarket & Hospitality Storage Systems

Foodservice, Supermarket & Hospitality Storage Systems Standard Product Catalog Foodservice, Supermarket & Hospitality Storage Systems KELMAX ALUMINUM EXPECT MORE KELMAX Kelmax Aluminum by SPG We manufacture great products at our facilities and create efficient

More information

TABLE OF CONTENTS UTILITY CARTS FACILITY STORAGE WIRE BINS CARTS DESIGN SPECIALTY SHELVING

TABLE OF CONTENTS UTILITY CARTS FACILITY STORAGE WIRE BINS CARTS DESIGN SPECIALTY SHELVING TABLE OF CONTENTS WIRE 4 Wire Shelving 5 Shelving Posts & Solid Shelves 6 54" Wire Shelving Units 7 63" Wire Shelving Units 8 74" Wire Shelving Units 9 86" Wire Shelving Units 10 Stainless Steel Solid

More information

ADJUSTABLE FOOT INSERTS FOR ROUND TUBING

ADJUSTABLE FOOT INSERTS FOR ROUND TUBING ADJUSTABLE FOOT INSERTS FOR ROUND TUBING J D E F A B C G H I K INSERTS FOR 1-5/8 IN. (40MM) O. D. 16 GA. ROUND TUBING HEX FOOT Thermoplastic, or die-cast Zamak insert body with die cast or stainless steel

More information

Specification Sheet. Wire Shelving. Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG01.00 Wire Shelving

Specification Sheet. Wire Shelving. Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG01.00 Wire Shelving Short Form Specifications Eagle Wire Shelf, model. (EAGLEbrite Zinc, Chrome, Valu-Master Grey Epoxy, Valu-Gard Green Epoxy, EAGLEgard Green Epoxy with MICROGARD, or Stainless steel electropolished) finish.

More information

Camshelving. Easy and Quick to Clean. Unquestionably Strong, Durable and Stable. Easy to Adjust and Configure. Rust-Free.

Camshelving. Easy and Quick to Clean. Unquestionably Strong, Durable and Stable. Easy to Adjust and Configure. Rust-Free. Camshelving Easy and Quick to Clean Unquestionably Strong, Durable and Stable Easy to Adjust and Configure Rust-Free www.cambro.com 2 Easy and Quick to Clean Camshelving is the revolutionary shelving system

More information

PLASTIC BIN SUPPORT RACKS

PLASTIC BIN SUPPORT RACKS PLASTIC BIN SUPPORT RACKS Louvered bin panels can be wall-mounted, attached to back of shelving, mounted on benches, carts, inside cabinets, fastened to slotted angle components or used for service truck

More information

Shelving Components & Accessories

Shelving Components & Accessories catalog sheet EG01.03 Foodservice Equipment Material Handling, Healthcare & Cleanroom Equipment Retail Display Shelving Components & Accessories Item #: Model #: Project #: SIS #: DIVIDERS 8 (203mm) height.

More information

SHELVING PRODUCTS. Maximize Your Storage Space

SHELVING PRODUCTS. Maximize Your Storage Space SHELVING PRODUCTS Maximize Your Storage Space SHELVING UNITS Pre-engineered sections are 36, 42, and 48 wide and 84, 96 and 120 high, with shelves adjustable on 1-1/2 centers. For double row, back-to-back

More information

UP TO 360kg SHELF CAPACITY QUICK & EASY BOLT-FREE ASSEMBLY STRONG, ROBUST & MODERN DESIGN ASSEMBLY DESIGN. Post. No post required.

UP TO 360kg SHELF CAPACITY QUICK & EASY BOLT-FREE ASSEMBLY STRONG, ROBUST & MODERN DESIGN ASSEMBLY DESIGN. Post. No post required. ECLIPSE THE ULTIMATE MULTI-PURPOSE SHELVING SYSTEM UP TO 360kg SHELF CAPACITY QUICK & EASY BOLT-FREE ASSEMBLY STRONG, ROBUST & MODERN DESIGN ASSEMBLY Fully Adjustable every 25mm. Snap the plastic collar

More information

Hi-Tech specially designed components allow for fast and easy assembly.

Hi-Tech specially designed components allow for fast and easy assembly. OPEN SHELVING MEDIUM, HEAVY AND EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY HI-TECH STEEL SHELVING Open Starter Units Include: Two beaded front posts, two angle back posts, one pair of back sway braces, two pair of side sway braces

More information

Designed, Delivered and Installed.

Designed, Delivered and Installed. >LAB CARTS >UTILITY CARTS >SHELVING >GOWNING ROOM RACKS >LAR CARTS > HIGH DENSITY STORAGE >WORKTABLES >SECURITY >LAB WORKSTATIONS Designed, Delivered and Installed. MetroMax i The ultimate storage and

More information

Shelving Systems SUPER Shelving System SUPER SEAL Shelving System SUPER INTERMETRO SUPER NN SUPER SEAL SUPER STAINLESS STEEL

Shelving Systems SUPER Shelving System SUPER SEAL Shelving System SUPER INTERMETRO SUPER NN SUPER SEAL SUPER STAINLESS STEEL Shelving Systems SUPER Shelving System SUPER SEAL Shelving System 118-120 SUPER INTERMETRO SUPER NN SUPER SEAL SUPER STAINLESS STEEL 118-120 Shelf Carts, Wire Utility Carts 121 Patient Item Carts 122 Item

More information

Shelving Components & Accessories

Shelving Components & Accessories catalog sheet EG01.03 Foodservice Equipment Material Handling, Healthcare & Cleanroom Equipment Retail Display Shelving Components & Accessories Item #: Model #: Project #: SIS #: DIVIDERS 8 (203mm) height.

More information

Support Equipment. In This Section Mobile Ingredient Bins H Kettle Drainer H Rack/Tray Carts H

Support Equipment. In This Section Mobile Ingredient Bins H Kettle Drainer H Rack/Tray Carts H H SUPPORT EQUIPMENT Support Equipment In This Section Mobile Ingredient Bins H-1...198 Kettle Drainer H-2...199 Rack/Tray Carts H-3...200 Tray, Cup or Glass Rack Carts H-3-B...201 Cup & Glass Rack Carts

More information

Clipper Defined. Shelving. Clipper Hi-Performance Shelving Systems. Growth with. Penco Hi-Performance Shelves. Growth with

Clipper Defined. Shelving. Clipper Hi-Performance Shelving Systems. Growth with. Penco Hi-Performance Shelves. Growth with Defined Clipper Hi-Performance Systems At the heart of the Clipper System is the ingenious Penco Clipper Clip. It is easily installed, holds the shelf firmly in place, can be repositioned at any time,

More information

E CONOMIC S TIMULUS PACKAGE

E CONOMIC S TIMULUS PACKAGE E CONOMIC S TIMULUS PACKAGE U-Boat Utility Carts Ultra U-Boat Diamond Steel Deck Constructed of all welded steel with anti-skid diamond plate steel deck. High density polyethylene molded full wraparound

More information

InterMetro Industries Corporation North Washington Street Wilkes-Barre, PA Item # Job Security Units 14.01

InterMetro Industries Corporation North Washington Street Wilkes-Barre, PA Item # Job Security Units 14.01 Item # Job Security Units 14.01 Features: Safe Storage: Protects valuable materials and sensitive items from loss or pilferage. Microban Antimicrobial Product Protection*: Metroseal 3 models and MetroMax

More information

Stocking & Marking Carts Model SC-1848/6W/6N Model 110

Stocking & Marking Carts Model SC-1848/6W/6N Model 110 2010 Stocking & Marking Carts Model SC-1848/6W/6N Model 110 All welded green powder coated square tute steel. Maneuvers easily on(4) All welded powder coated (green) steel square polyurethane end casters

More information

Get. ized ORGANIZE > PRIORITIZE > MAXIMIZE TRANSPORTATION

Get. ized ORGANIZE > PRIORITIZE > MAXIMIZE TRANSPORTATION STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION ORGANIZE > PRIORITIZE > MAXIMIZE Get ized FOCUS FOODSERVICE Phone: 800.968.3918 F a x : 8 0 0. 9 6 8. 4 1 2 9 orders@focusfoodservice.com www.focusfoodservice.com S T O R A G

More information

Camshelving. Easy and Quick to Clean. Unquestionably Strong, Durable and Stable. Easy to Adjust and Configure. Rust-Free

Camshelving. Easy and Quick to Clean. Unquestionably Strong, Durable and Stable. Easy to Adjust and Configure. Rust-Free Camshelving Easy and Quick to Clean Unquestionably Strong, Durable and Stable Easy to Adjust and Configure Rust-Free 2 Easy and Quick to Clean Camshelving is the revolutionary shelving system that makes

More information

KASON EQUIPMENT LEGS AND ACCESSORIES SERTS FOR. RoHS COMPLIANT ALPHABETICAL INDEX CONTACT

KASON EQUIPMENT LEGS AND ACCESSORIES SERTS FOR. RoHS COMPLIANT ALPHABETICAL INDEX CONTACT KASON EQUIPMENT LEGS AND ACCESSORIES ALPHABETICAL INDEX BLE FOOT SERTS FOR D TUBING A Appliance Legs 1-inch...B-18 Heavy Duty... B-21 Standard... B-19 Suction Cup... B-20 C Cross Brace Fittings... B-24

More information

CONVENIENCE STORE EQUIPMENT

CONVENIENCE STORE EQUIPMENT CONVENIENCE STORE EQUIPMENT CATALOG 2018 A collection of equipment for all Convenience Store applications spgusa.com Raising the bar for quality equipment, while lowering the total cost of ownership. The

More information

Model # SS x 30 SS SS x 36 SS SS x 42 SS SS SS x 48. SS x 60

Model # SS x 30 SS SS x 36 SS SS x 42 SS SS SS x 48. SS x 60 BACKROOM APPLICATION Starter Units Each Starter unit consists of 4 shelves, 4 posts and 1 plastic split sleeves: Available In Both 3 and 74 Post Heights Select From Shelf Styles (See Page 119 Available

More information

Tri-Boro Shelving Features

Tri-Boro Shelving Features 6Steel Shelving Tri-Boro Shelving Features Tri-Boro Shelving is manufactured in the widest range of sizes available in the industry. When used in combination this array of sizes can meet the most demanding

More information

A century of Excellence... a legacy of Quality

A century of Excellence... a legacy of Quality 85" igh with Shelves Take advantage of your existing vertical space and save substantially by installing a Republic shelving mezzanine system. 10 Shelves 9 Openings 8 Shelves 14 Openings D Capacity 36"

More information

TownLineWire. before. after. carts & shelving. 800.medline Attack the clutter with TownLine Wire

TownLineWire. before. after. carts & shelving. 800.medline Attack the clutter with TownLine Wire TownLineWire carts & shelving Attack the clutter with TownLine Wire before 800.medline 800.633.5463 after TownLine Wire by Medline A selection of quality wire shelving and wire carts at the best price

More information

AKRO TOTES AND CONTAINERS

AKRO TOTES AND CONTAINERS PRODUCT INFORMATION AKRO TOTES AND CONTAINERS 2946 Larimer St. Denver, CO 80205 303-295-1100 / 800-373-7693 FAX 303-295-2464 Email info@snyderequipment.com www.snyderequipment.com VantageBin storage bins,

More information

TROLLEYS. 1 Tier Trolley 08. Bin Trolley Tier Trolley 10. Cage Trolley 20. Folding Trolley 22. Multi Tier Trolley 12.

TROLLEYS. 1 Tier Trolley 08. Bin Trolley Tier Trolley 10. Cage Trolley 20. Folding Trolley 22. Multi Tier Trolley 12. 1 Tier Trolley 08 Bin Trolley 18 2 Tier Trolley 10 Cage Trolley 20 Multi Tier Trolley 12 Folding Trolley 22 Service Carts 14 Hand Trucks 23 Trolley Accessories 17 Scissor Lift Trolley 26 DEXTERS PLATFORM

More information

PROFESSIONAL DURABLE TOUGH HARD- WORKING TRANS- PORTATION EQUIPMENT

PROFESSIONAL DURABLE TOUGH HARD- WORKING TRANS- PORTATION EQUIPMENT PROFESSIONAL DURABLE TOUGH HARD- WORKING TRANS- PORTATION EQUIPMENT Carlisle s high quality dollies, carts, and caddies help you reduce the risk of food contamination and employee injuries. 309 CARTS TRANSPORTATION

More information

Ensures proper food rotation with FIFO barrier. FG Cups 124 lbs flour

Ensures proper food rotation with FIFO barrier. FG Cups 124 lbs flour 250 Storage FOODSERVICE ProSave Ingredient Management System INGREDIENT BINS Improved productivity through integrated lid and scoop system. Integrated lid and measuring scoop allows for quick one-handed

More information

BESTEEL 170 SERIES CURTAIN TRACKS

BESTEEL 170 SERIES CURTAIN TRACKS BESTEEL 170 SERIES CURTAIN TRACKS BL = Black Finish 2XX Series Track Systems have a black finish. Parts Included 170 (270) 170 BESTEEL CWANA code CORD OPERATED/MOTORIZED 171 (271) 171-R (271-R) 260 172

More information

argco.com

argco.com 800-854-1015 argco.com STRUT SUPORT SYSTEM STRUT SUPPORT CHANNEL US Strut Support Channel Quick, strong attachment of single or multiple pipes horizontally or vertically Unlimited applications - range

More information

NEW Insulated Heater Proofer

NEW Insulated Heater Proofer NEW Under Counter Heater Proofer Heater Proofers All Models Air baffle and circulating air blower provide even heat distribution. Clear Lexan Door. Easy dual proof/heat control: Proof mode: Humidity from

More information

E-SERIES. Complete Storage & Workspace Solutions

E-SERIES. Complete Storage & Workspace Solutions E-SERIES Complete Storage & Workspace Solutions E-SERIES STORAGE SOLUTIONS THE NEW VIDMAR E-SERIES MAKES ORGANIZING EFFORTLESS. THIS NEW LINE OF CARTS AND CABINETS FEATURES LIGHTER WEIGHT SOLUTIONS, WITH

More information

AURORA WIRE SHELVING PRICE LIST

AURORA WIRE SHELVING PRICE LIST AURORA WIRE SHELVING PRICE LIST Effective January 6, 2014 AURORA STORAGE PRODUCTS, INC. TABLE OF CONTENTS Certificate of Warranty............................................................... Page 2

More information

Enclosed Mobile Cabinet

Enclosed Mobile Cabinet Heater Proofer Economy Model NHPL-1836-ECO Non-Insulated heater proofer. Air baffle and circulating air blower provide even heat distribution. Clear Lexan Door. Easy dual proof/heat control: Proof mode:

More information

Nest & Stack Totes EXTREMELY DURABLE INDUSTRIAL-GRADE TOTES

Nest & Stack Totes EXTREMELY DURABLE INDUSTRIAL-GRADE TOTES Nest & Stack Totes EXTREMELY DURABLE INDUSTRIAL-GRADE TOTES 580 585 6 590 595 500 55 50 50 Smooth surfaces are easy to clean Comfortable grip makes handling easy Ribs under the lip prevent jamming when

More information

New Age Industrial Aluminum Solutions BEHIND THE SCENES

New Age Industrial Aluminum Solutions BEHIND THE SCENES Precision Equipment Welder Aluminum Billet Manufacturing Facility Extrusion Press BEHIND THE SCENES New Age Industrial Aluminum Solutions New Age began manufacturing in 1966. Fifty years later, we are

More information

AkroBins. Storage Bins

AkroBins. Storage Bins X Storage ins kroins Control inventories, shorten assembly times, and minimize parts handling. eavy-duty bins securely stack atop each other, sit on shelving, and hang from kro-mils racks, panels, rails,

More information

Wire Carts. Single Push Handle with opposing 30 post available. Substitute C for RD in Model # C382CH.

Wire Carts. Single Push Handle with opposing 30 post available. Substitute C for RD in Model # C382CH. Wire Carts Wire Utility Carts: 2 U-handle/posts 40 H. 2 or 3 wire shelves. Chrome Finish: Heavy nickel plating with hard chromium finish excellent for dry storage hospital applications. Duro Seal: Clear,

More information

Heavy Duty Aluminum Cantilevered Shelving

Heavy Duty Aluminum Cantilevered Shelving Heavy Duty Aluminum Cantilevered Shelving ITEM NO. QUANTITY NO. JOB NO. SPEC NO. Patented Design #5,074,422 Instructions: Specifications: LABORATORY CERTIFICATION AND APPROVAL SYMBOLS: Free Standing shelving

More information

E-SERIES. Complete Storage & Workspace Solutions

E-SERIES. Complete Storage & Workspace Solutions E-SERIES Complete Storage & Workspace Solutions E-SERIES STORAGE SOLUTIONS THE NEW VIDMAR E-SERIES MAKES ORGANIZING EFFORTLESS. THIS NEW LINE OF CARTS AND CABINETS FEATURES LIGHTER WEIGHT SOLUTIONS, WITH

More information

INSTITUTIONAL CASTERS

INSTITUTIONAL CASTERS INSTITUTIONAL CASTERS Alphabetical Index DESCRIPTION PAGE DESCRIPTION PAGE A ACCESSORIES, CASTER ACCESSORIES, MOBILE EQUIPMENT ADJUSTABLE CASTER B BUMPERS C CASTER ACCESSORIES CASTER PACKS CASTER SELECTION

More information

In This Section Portable Hot Box Aluminum For Transport J ER-18 Enclosed Rack For Display J

In This Section Portable Hot Box Aluminum For Transport J ER-18 Enclosed Rack For Display J J Cabinets In This Section Portable Hot Box J-1...237 ER-18 Enclosed Rack For Display J-2...239 Econoline Cabinets Aluminum For Storage J-3...241 Transport Cabinets J-4...243 Stackable Cabinets J-5...245

More information

Mobility Mobile Cabinets & Tables

Mobility Mobile Cabinets & Tables MOBILITY The Solution to Change... Laboratory technology changes today at an ever-increasing rate. Today's challenge is to provide the longest possible life to your lab. Mott s flexible furniture systems

More information

ANATOMY DISSECTION TABLES

ANATOMY DISSECTION TABLES ANATOMY DISSECTION TABLES SECTION 8 ANATOMY DISSECTION TABLES Standard Dissection Platform... 2 Economy Dissection Platform... 3 Dissection Table w/ Hood... 4-5 Height Adjustable Dissection Table w/ Hood...

More information

A NEW GENERATION OF DOORS FOR TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENTS

A NEW GENERATION OF DOORS FOR TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENTS A NEW GENERATION OF DOORS FOR TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENTS QUALITY, DURABILITY & HIGH PERFORMANCE Wood Free Construction Superior Sealing Energy Efficient The ICS door designs incorporate the latest

More information

Item No. Camshelving Elements Series

Item No. Camshelving Elements Series Item No. Camshelving Elements Series 4 Shelf Depths 14" (360 mm), 18" (460 mm), 21" (540 mm), 24" (610 mm) 5 Shelf Lengths See cutsheet 2BCS for sizes 54" - 78" (1380 mm - 1980 mm) 24" (610 mm), 30" (760

More information

STANDARD PRODUCT OFFERING CATALOG Special items not displayed in this catalog are available upon request.

STANDARD PRODUCT OFFERING CATALOG Special items not displayed in this catalog are available upon request. STANDARD PRODUCT OFFERING CATALOG Special items not displayed in this catalog are available upon request. We Control Movement ER Wagner has been designing, developing, and supplying high-quality casters

More information

Create Dining. Cantilever Booth Bracket For table sizes: 24" x 30", 24" x 42", 30" x 30", 30" x 42", 30" x 48" Hardware not included

Create Dining. Cantilever Booth Bracket For table sizes: 24 x 30, 24 x 42, 30 x 30, 30 x 42, 30 x 48 Hardware not included Create Dining Ambiance Make your dining area inviting with an attractive design theme and comfortable furnishings. Be sure to allow ample space between tables and chairs for a more relaxing dining experience.

More information

GF-SERIES GLOBALFRAME GEN 2 CABINET SYSTEM

GF-SERIES GLOBALFRAME GEN 2 CABINET SYSTEM P R O D U C T D ATA S H E E T GF-SERIES GLOBALFRAME GEN 2 CABINET SYSTEM K E Y F E AT U R E S Industry-standard sizes make selection easy Two configurations to support front-to-rear or front-to-top airflow

More information

Laboratory Carts & Benches

Laboratory Carts & Benches Laboratory Carts & Benches Labconco Laboratory Carts and Benches fit in every lab. These versatile carts have endless uses from transporting equipment and supplies to providing auxiliary bench space. Labconco

More information

6" steel handle (includes two (2) keys) STORAGE CABINETS - STANDARD, WARDROBE, COMBINATION AND COUNTER HEIGHT

6 steel handle (includes two (2) keys) STORAGE CABINETS - STANDARD, WARDROBE, COMBINATION AND COUNTER HEIGHT Storage Cabinets STORAGE CABINETS - STANDARD, WARDROBE AND COMBINATION Constructed of 20 gauge steel, Salsbury 9000, 9100 and 9200 series storage cabinets are ideal for offices, garages, institutions and

More information

MAXEL Adjustable Shelving System

MAXEL Adjustable Shelving System MAXEL Adjustable Shelving System Email : sales@maxel.com.my Website : www.maxel.com.my R R MAXEL OFFERS WIDE RANGE OF FINISHES TO MEET TO VARIOUS STORAGE ENVIRONMENTS. EACH PROVIDES DURABILITY AND FLEXIBILITY

More information

STORAGE BINS HI-STAK PLASTIC BINS

STORAGE BINS HI-STAK PLASTIC BINS HI-STAK PLASTIC BINS STORAGE BINS CB267 CB264 CC243 CB234 Innovative stacking design allows for greater visibility and easier access to contents Are guaranteed unbreakable and distortion-free from -40

More information

> MOBILE, MODULAR, WORKCENTERS > GLASSWARE HANDLING > MOBILE LAB TABLES > INSTRUMENTATION CARTS > WALL STORAGE > STAINLESS SHELVING > LAB CARTS >

> MOBILE, MODULAR, WORKCENTERS > GLASSWARE HANDLING > MOBILE LAB TABLES > INSTRUMENTATION CARTS > WALL STORAGE > STAINLESS SHELVING > LAB CARTS > > MOBILE, MODULAR, WORKCENTERS > GLASSWARE HANDLING > MOBILE LAB TABLES > INSTRUMENTATION CARTS > WALL STORAGE > STAINLESS SHELVING > LAB CARTS > HIGH DENSITY STORAGE L A B S O L U T I O N S Enhanced productivity

More information

Lifeline Emergency Cart

Lifeline Emergency Cart Item # Designed for a code. Not adapted for one. Lifeline s redesigned, integrated features are specifically designed for Code Response. Infection Control: Lifeline helps improve Infection Control with

More information

PART BINS CONTAINERS & CONTAINERS. Box Pallets 102. Part Bins & Accessories. Mesh Cages 104. Export Pallets 104. Tote Bins 111. Storage Containers 105

PART BINS CONTAINERS & CONTAINERS. Box Pallets 102. Part Bins & Accessories. Mesh Cages 104. Export Pallets 104. Tote Bins 111. Storage Containers 105 & PART BINS Box Pallets 102 Mesh Cages 104 Export Pallets 104 Storage Containers 105 Part Bins & Accessories Economy Range Accessories 106 Economy Range 107 Lamson Range 108 Lamson Range Accessories 110

More information

XT SERIES COLLAPSIBLE BULK CONTAINERS. Profit From Your Material Handling

XT SERIES COLLAPSIBLE BULK CONTAINERS. Profit From Your Material Handling Profit From Your Material Handling Increase Productivity Better Ergonomics Maximize Space Usage Lower Transport Costs Superior Product Protection Improve Handling Efficiency New! XT SERIES COLLAPSIBLE

More information

Colour: Black. ML x 50 1/8 x 12 1/2 8" Rubber ML x 62 1/8 x 12 1/2 8" Rubber ML599 Jack Handle 8" Rubber

Colour: Black. ML x 50 1/8 x 12 1/2 8 Rubber ML x 62 1/8 x 12 1/2 8 Rubber ML599 Jack Handle 8 Rubber Utility Carts Side Panel Platform Trucks Ideal for transporting and retaining small packages and materials Ergonomic handle design improves control and worker safety Side panels easily remove to accommodate

More information

any server any environment one source

any server any environment one source any server any environment one source For more information, please contact WDM, Inc. Phone: (800) 448-1881 or (650) 363-2791 Fax: (650) 363-2825 www.wdminc.com or e-mail to info@wdminc.com legendary reliability

More information

600 SERIES STANDARD DUTY STRAIGHT TRACK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

600 SERIES STANDARD DUTY STRAIGHT TRACK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 600 SERIES STANDARD DUTY STRAIGHT TRACK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PLEASE READ INSTRUCTIONS THOROUGHLY BEFORE BEGINNING. A. BI-PARTING TRAVEL 1. Before raising track into position, determine location of

More information

BAKERY SNACK FOODS CONFECTIONARY FRUITS VEGETABLES NON-PROTEIN READY-TO-EAT 7400U 7400U. Conveyor Selection Chart. AquaGard.

BAKERY SNACK FOODS CONFECTIONARY FRUITS VEGETABLES NON-PROTEIN READY-TO-EAT 7400U 7400U. Conveyor Selection Chart. AquaGard. CONVEYOR OVERVIEW From packaging to processing, Dorner has the food industry covered. By offering three series of sanitary conveyors AquaGard, AquaPruf and AquaPruf Ultimate Dorner can meet virtually any

More information

Shop Equipment. Shop Equipment. professional products built to last

Shop Equipment. Shop Equipment. professional products built to last Shop Equipment Shop Equipment professional products built to last Borroughs has a long history of making the best shop equipment in the industry. Our shop equipment offerings include work benches, technician

More information

BESTEEL Model 170 Curtain Tracks BESTEEL Model 171-N Curtain Tracks BESTEEL Model 171-R Curtain Tracks

BESTEEL Model 170 Curtain Tracks BESTEEL Model 171-N Curtain Tracks BESTEEL Model 171-R Curtain Tracks BESTEEL Model 170 Curtain Tracks - Curtain tracks shall be of 14 gauge galvanized steel construction entirely enclosed except for slot in bottom, each half to be in one continuous piece except where splicing

More information

PANEL FASTENERS AND HOLE PLUGS

PANEL FASTENERS AND HOLE PLUGS NYLON MINI RIVETS Mini Rivets consist of a male and female component. Mini Rivets are used to fasten a variety of materials. Simply press together for fast, easy assembly. Male and female rivets are packaged

More information

Product Specifi cation and Price List PREMIUM BASICS ELEMENTS. series. series. series.

Product Specifi cation and Price List PREMIUM BASICS ELEMENTS. series. series. series. PREMIUM series 2016 ELEMENTS series Product Specifi cation and Price List BASICS series www.cambro.com CAMSHELVING PREMIUM series ELEMENTS series BASICS series Rust and Corrosion Free Backed by a lifetime

More information

Product Specification and Price List PREMIUM BASICS ELEMENTS. series. series. series.

Product Specification and Price List PREMIUM BASICS ELEMENTS. series. series. series. PREMIUM series 2016 ELEMENTS series Product Specification and Price List BASICS series www.cambro.com THE COMMON AND KEY FEATURES OF ALL CAMSHELVING PREMIUM series ELEMENTS series BASICS series Rust and

More information

Wire Shelving INDUSTRIAL HEALTHCARE RETAIL FEATURES. Available Shelf Sizes. Pricing Effective Date: 10/01/15

Wire Shelving INDUSTRIAL HEALTHCARE RETAIL FEATURES. Available Shelf Sizes. Pricing Effective Date: 10/01/15 Pricing Effective Date: 10/01/15 Wire Shelving INDUSTRIAL HEALTHCARE RETAIL FEATURES STRONG Heavy gauge steel construction with durable nickel-chrome finish for use in dry storage applications. VERSATILE

More information

Handle tough, everyday loads with steel handtrucks

Handle tough, everyday loads with steel handtrucks tough, everyday loads with steel handtrucks Height 1040-01 Pneumatic 32 Double 48 Grip 1040-02 Semi-Pneumatic 36 5310-01 Pneumatic 38 Loop 54 5310-02 Semi-Pneumatic 42 Steel hand trucks survive the day-to-day

More information

smart design exceptional value uncompromised reliability simply remarkable

smart design exceptional value uncompromised reliability simply remarkable smart design uncompromised reliability exceptional value simply remarkable Camshelving Basics Innovative design, reliability and unmatched value come together seamlessly for the latest in commercial foodservice

More information

INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING

INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING MAIN FEATURES: Standard colour is light grey No-bolt shelf design saves up to 80% of installation time Employs an innovative shelf clip, which slips into a slotted "T" post Shelves

More information

Hardwood Deck Platform Truck

Hardwood Deck Platform Truck Hardwood Deck Truck Series 31-005 These economical platform trucks are popular for nearly every application that requires economy, ease of use and durability. Commonly used in stores, warehouses and factories

More information

MATERIAL HANDLING. Platform Trucks. Tilt Trucks. Hand Trucks Platform Trucks. Step Stools 107. Tilt Trucks.

MATERIAL HANDLING. Platform Trucks. Tilt Trucks. Hand Trucks Platform Trucks. Step Stools 107. Tilt Trucks. 106- Platform Trucks Hand Trucks 106- Tilt Trucks Step Stools Tilt-N-Wheel Dunnage Racks Truck 110 Shelves Utility Carts Service / Bussing Carts Platform Trucks PLATFORM TRUCKS Structural plastic construction

More information

Why Rivet-Span? Primary Components. RIVET-SPAN IS AN ECONOMICAL AND VERSATILE hand-load storage product

Why Rivet-Span? Primary Components. RIVET-SPAN IS AN ECONOMICAL AND VERSATILE hand-load storage product Rivet-Span Why Rivet-Span? RIVET-SPAN IS AN ECONOMICAL AND VERSATILE hand-load storage product that is incredibly easy to assemble, yet strong. It starts with a simple, economical design. A unit consists

More information

BILT INDUSTRIES, INC.

BILT INDUSTRIES, INC. BILT INDUSTRIES, INC. What you appreciated as Frick-Gallagher is now BILT. BILT with powder coating. QUICK-BILT KLIP-BILT SPEEDI-BILT National Sales Office 801 W. Markey Road Belton, Missouri 64012 Phone:

More information

Locker Specifiers guide

Locker Specifiers guide Specify Lyon. Locker Specifiers guide LS070209 s p e c i f y l y o n! Premier Colors Lyon s Premier color selections and/or a computerized match to your custom color offer a virtually endless combination

More information

MEDIUM DUTY PAN RACKS ROUND TOP,.063 THICK RUNNERS 5 POLY U SWIVELSTEM CASTERS GREAT VALUE TRAY

MEDIUM DUTY PAN RACKS ROUND TOP,.063 THICK RUNNERS 5 POLY U SWIVELSTEM CASTERS GREAT VALUE TRAY APRE2018-3 APR2018-3 APRE2018-3/KDA PROPRIETARY REINFORCED SOCKET MEDIUM DUTY PAN RACKS ROUND TOP,.063 THICK RUNNERS 5 POLY U SWIVELSTEM CASTERS GREAT VALUE SIDELOAD APRE1218-5 12 5 26x21x70 660x533x1778

More information

Security Units Features:

Security Units Features: Item # SECURITY UNITS Features: Safe Storage: Protects valuable materials and sensitive items from loss or pilferage. Microban Antimicrobial Product Protection*: Metroseal 3 and MetroMax Q models feature

More information

Five great reasons to choose a Polar-Pak System

Five great reasons to choose a Polar-Pak System Five great reasons to choose a Polar-Pak System 1 THE INDUSTRY S SIMPLEST INSTALLATION The Polar-Pak System is the answer for your indoor AND outdoor applications. Polar-Pak can easily be installed in

More information

STORAGE & MATERIAL HANDLING

STORAGE & MATERIAL HANDLING www.greenlee.com STORAGE & MATERIAL HANDLING Contractors the world over rely on Greenlee storage and material handling solutions to keep product safe. From small chests to large field offices, and now

More information

400 SERIES STANDARD DUTY STRAIGHT TRACK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

400 SERIES STANDARD DUTY STRAIGHT TRACK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 400 SERIES STANDARD DUTY STRAIGHT TRACK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PLEASE READ INSTRUCTIONS THOROUGHLY BEFORE BEGINNING. A. BI-PARTING TRAVEL BATTEN INSTALLATION 1. Place track either on the floor or on

More information

Alpha System ADAPTABLE KEWAUNEE LABORATORY FURNITURE. encouraging new discovery

Alpha System ADAPTABLE KEWAUNEE LABORATORY FURNITURE. encouraging new discovery Alpha System ADAPTABLE LABORATORY FURNITURE KEWAUNEE encouraging new discovery Alpha 6 partition modules with Kemresin worktops. Minneapolis, Minnesota Alpha 6 partition modules with Alpha overhead service

More information

Exam Room Group (shown) 8010 (reversed) W: 43", 46", 49" H : Wall: 30", Desk: 30" D : Wall: 14.25", Desk: 24.25" Cabinet group consists of:

Exam Room Group (shown) 8010 (reversed) W: 43, 46, 49 H : Wall: 30, Desk: 30 D : Wall: 14.25, Desk: 24.25 Cabinet group consists of: Exam Room Group Exam Room Group 8008 W: 29" - 50" (3" increments) H : Wall: 8", Desk: 30" D : Wall: 13.25", Desk: 24.25" #3020 wall mounted book shelf (27" - 48" W) #1500-4.5" knee space drawer (27" -

More information

THE IDEAL SOLUTION TROLLEYS. Sales Telephone: Sales Fax:

THE IDEAL SOLUTION TROLLEYS. Sales Telephone: Sales Fax: THE IDEAL SOLUTION TROLLEYS Sales Telephone: 01553 765205 Sales Fax: 01553 768464 Email: sales@eais-foodservice.co.uk s PREMIER GASTRO RACKING TROLLEYS Gastro 1/1 Profile 325mm Gastro 2/1 Profile 530mm

More information

FARIBO MANUFACTURING COMPANY

FARIBO MANUFACTURING COMPANY FARIBO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 820 N.W. 20th Street, Faribault, Minnesota 55021 1-800-447-6043 Fax (507) 334-0674 Visit our website www.faribomfg.com Replacement parts highlighted in yellow. F A R I B O

More information

/PEN BuyLine Storage Guide.

/PEN BuyLine Storage Guide. 10 56 13/PEN BuyLine 1111 Storage Guide www.pencoproducts.com Clipper Industrial Shelving Easy to Assemble Easy to Adjust Many Sizes Many Accessories Hi-Performance Shelves Powder Coat Finish Clipper Shelving

More information

Catering Equipment. Trolleys & Shelving. Carts. Trolleys. Jack-Stack. Cupboards. Tables. Shelves. Sink Units

Catering Equipment. Trolleys & Shelving. Carts. Trolleys. Jack-Stack. Cupboards. Tables. Shelves. Sink Units Carts Trolleys Jack-Stack Cupboards Tables Shelves Sink Units Cambro Utility Cart Three lightly textured polypropylene shelves to reduce sliding Shelves panel kits as shown available as optional extra

More information

Accessories

Accessories Accessories AkroBins pg 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS AkroBins.......pg. 3-4 NSBees..........5-6 Akro-Moduboxes....7-8 Akro-ALC s........9-10 Akro-Grids.......11-12 Akro-NST s.......13-14 Steel Cabinets....15-16

More information

PACKAGED PROCESSED RAW MATERIALS. Red Meat. Type Construction. Frame. Belt. Modular. Belt. Stainless Steel. Plastic Stainless Steel.

PACKAGED PROCESSED RAW MATERIALS. Red Meat. Type Construction. Frame. Belt. Modular. Belt. Stainless Steel. Plastic Stainless Steel. CONVEYOR OVERVIEW From packaging to processing, Dorner has the food industry covered. By offering three series of sanitary conveyors AquaGard, AquaPruf and AquaPruf Ultimate Dorner can meet virtually any

More information

CONTENTS KASON PRODUCT LINES THERMAL FLEX VINYL TRAFFIC DOORS... C2 THERMAL FLEX VINYL SWING DOORS...C3 SURE SWING HINGE...C3

CONTENTS KASON PRODUCT LINES THERMAL FLEX VINYL TRAFFIC DOORS... C2 THERMAL FLEX VINYL SWING DOORS...C3 SURE SWING HINGE...C3 KASON KASON PLUMBING VINYL HARDWARE PRODUCTS CONTENTS THERMAL FLEX VINYL TRAFFIC DOORS... C2 THERMAL FLEX VINYL SWING DOORS...C3 SURE SWING HINGE...C3 THERMAL FLEX...C4 Easimount Easimount II Maximount

More information

HSpecialties Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS

HSpecialties Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction... Curtain Track Selection Guide...2 Ordering COMPLETE Tracks...3 00 Series Standard-Duty Straight Track...4 200 Series Black Medium-Duty Straight Track...8 300 Series Standard-Duty

More information

g in lv e h S e ir W

g in lv e h S e ir W Wire Shelving Chrome Stationary Wire Shelving Open wire construction reduces dust build-up, allows free light and air circulation, increases sprinkler effectiveness and improves visibility. Fast, easy

More information

Equipment. Model 450 & Model 460. Description. Description. Description. small & large cylinder stands. 4.

Equipment. Model 450 & Model 460. Description. Description. Description. small & large cylinder stands.  4. Model 50 & Model 60 Small Cylinder Stand Model 50 This stand provides increased stability to cylinders with diameters of to 7-3/8. It is constructed of nickel plated steel. Four thumb screws hold the stand

More information

ThermalFlex VINYL TRAFFIC DOORS

ThermalFlex VINYL TRAFFIC DOORS ThermalFlex VINYL TRAFFIC DOORS 2004-2009 Kason Industries, Inc. All Rights Reserved KASON ThermalFlex TRAFFIC DOORS APPLICATIONS Walk-in Refrigeration Storage Enclosures Loading Dock Doors Personnel Doors

More information

TROLLEYS & HAND TRUCKS

TROLLEYS & HAND TRUCKS TROLLEYS & HAND TRUCKS DEXTERS PLATFORM TROLLEY PLATFORM TRUCK Heavy duty single platform trolley Powder coated steel framework MDF wooden deck and back 5 precision bearing rubber castors Tray Dimensions

More information

Sanders, Buffers & Polishers Introduction

Sanders, Buffers & Polishers Introduction Sanders, Buffers & Polishers Introduction Dotco sanders, buffers and polishers are available in a variety of styles and power ratings to provide flexibility in choosing the best tool for the job. Disc

More information

INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING

INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING BOLTLESS SHELVING SYSTEM MAIN FEATURES: No-bolt shelf design saves up to 80% of installation time Shelves are 18 gauge steel with a 630 lbs. cap. (36" W) and 315 lbs. cap. (48"

More information